aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorAlexander Sulfrian <alexander@sulfrian.net>2011-11-07 15:26:44 +0100
committerAlexander Sulfrian <alexander@sulfrian.net>2013-01-05 17:17:49 +0100
commit3260749d369d3466c345d40a8b2189c32c8c1b60 (patch)
treebdf235d333e6b4d0b0edb11bde421617a180ff92 /src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL
parentde5a3593ae7bc6fb5aab9d76d01d3faa47b91bba (diff)
downloadusdx-3260749d369d3466c345d40a8b2189c32c8c1b60.tar.gz
usdx-3260749d369d3466c345d40a8b2189c32c8c1b60.tar.xz
usdx-3260749d369d3466c345d40a8b2189c32c8c1b60.zip
removed pascal code
Diffstat (limited to 'src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL')
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas2688
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas189
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas320
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas229
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas4332
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas155
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas202
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas5236
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas923
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas216
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas197
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas4363
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas566
-rw-r--r--src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas159
14 files changed, 0 insertions, 19775 deletions
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 63e7b7fb..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2688 +0,0 @@
-(**
-===============================================================================================
-Name : LibXmlParser
-===============================================================================================
-Project : All Projects
-===============================================================================================
-Subject : Progressive XML Parser for all types of XML Files
-===============================================================================================
-Author : Stefan Heymann
- Eschenweg 3
- 72076 Tübingen
- GERMANY
-
-E-Mail: stefan@destructor.de
-URL: www.destructor.de
-===============================================================================================
-Source, Legals ("Licence")
---------------------------
-The official site to get this parser is http://www.destructor.de/
-
-Usage and Distribution of this Source Code is ruled by the
-"Destructor.de Source code Licence" (DSL) which comes with this file or
-can be downloaded at http://www.destructor.de/
-
-IN SHORT: Usage and distribution of this source code is free.
- You use it completely on your own risk.
-
-Postcardware
-------------
-If you like this code, please send a postcard of your city to my above address.
-===============================================================================================
-!!! All parts of this code which are not finished or not conforming exactly to
- the XmlSpec are marked with three exclamation marks
-
--!- Parts where the parser may be able to detect errors in the document's syntax are
- marked with the dash-exlamation mark-dash sequence.
-===============================================================================================
-Terminology:
-------------
-- Start: Start of a buffer part
-- Final: End (last character) of a buffer part
-- DTD: Document Type Definition
-- DTDc: Document Type Declaration
-- XMLSpec: The current W3C XML Recommendation (version 1.0 as of 1998-02-10), Chapter No.
-- Cur*: Fields concerning the "Current" part passed back by the "Scan" method
-===============================================================================================
-Scanning the XML document
--------------------------
-- Create TXmlParser Instance MyXml := TXmlParser.Create;
-- Load XML Document MyXml.LoadFromFile (Filename);
-- Start Scanning MyXml.StartScan;
-- Scan Loop WHILE MyXml.Scan DO
-- Test for Part Type CASE MyXml.CurPartType OF
-- Handle Parts ... : ;;;
-- Handle Parts ... : ;;;
-- Handle Parts ... : ;;;
- END;
-- Destroy MyXml.Free;
-===============================================================================================
-Loading the XML document
-------------------------
-You can load the XML document from a file with the "LoadFromFile" method.
-It is beyond the scope of this parser to perform HTTP or FTP accesses. If you want your
-application to handle such requests (URLs), you can load the XML via HTTP or FTP or whatever
-protocol and hand over the data buffer using the "LoadFromBuffer" or "SetBuffer" method.
-"LoadFromBuffer" loads the internal buffer of TXmlParser with the given null-terminated
-string, thereby creating a copy of that buffer.
-"SetBuffer" just takes the pointer to another buffer, which means that the given
-buffer pointer must be valid while the document is accessed via TXmlParser.
-===============================================================================================
-Encodings:
-----------
-This XML parser kind of "understands" the following encodings:
-- UTF-8
-- ISO-8859-1
-- Windows-1252
-
-Any flavor of multi-byte characters (and this includes UTF-16) is not supported. Sorry.
-
-Every string which has to be passed to the application passes the virtual method
-"TranslateEncoding" which translates the string from the current encoding (stored in
-"CurEncoding") into the encoding the application wishes to receive.
-The "TranslateEncoding" method that is built into TXmlParser assumes that the application
-wants to receive Windows ANSI (Windows-1252, about the same as ISO-8859-1) and is able
-to convert UTF-8 and ISO-8859-1 encodings.
-For other source and target encodings, you will have to override "TranslateEncoding".
-===============================================================================================
-Buffer Handling
----------------
-- The document must be loaded completely into a piece of RAM
-- All character positions are referenced by PChar pointers
-- The TXmlParser instance can either "own" the buffer itself (then, FBufferSize is > 0)
- or reference the buffer of another instance or object (then, FBuffersize is 0 and
- FBuffer is not NIL)
-- The Property DocBuffer passes back a pointer to the first byte of the document. If there
- is no document stored (FBuffer is NIL), the DocBuffer returns a pointer to a NULL character.
-===============================================================================================
-Whitespace Handling
--------------------
-The TXmlParser property "PackSpaces" determines how Whitespace is returned in Text Content:
-While PackSpaces is true, all leading and trailing whitespace characters are trimmed of, all
-Whitespace is converted to Space #x20 characters and contiguous Whitespace characters are
-compressed to one.
-If the "Scan" method reports a ptContent part, the application can get the original text
-with all whitespace characters by extracting the characters from "CurStart" to "CurFinal".
-If the application detects an xml:space attribute, it can set "PackSpaces" accordingly or
-use CurStart/CurFinal.
-Please note that TXmlParser does _not_ normalize Line Breaks to single LineFeed characters
-as the XmlSpec requires (XmlSpec 2.11).
-The xml:space attribute is not handled by TXmlParser. This is on behalf of the application.
-===============================================================================================
-Non-XML-Conforming
-------------------
-TXmlParser does not conform 100 % exactly to the XmlSpec:
-- UTF-16 is not supported (XmlSpec 2.2)
- (Workaround: Convert UTF-16 to UTF-8 and hand the buffer over to TXmlParser)
-- As the parser only works with single byte strings, all Unicode characters > 255
- can currently not be handled correctly.
-- Line breaks are not normalized to single Linefeed #x0A characters (XmlSpec 2.11)
- (Workaround: The Application can access the text contents on its own [CurStart, CurFinal],
- thereby applying every normalization it wishes to)
-- The attribute value normalization does not work exactly as defined in the
- Second Edition of the XML 1.0 specification.
-- See also the code parts marked with three consecutive exclamation marks. These are
- parts which are not finished in the current code release.
-
-This list may be incomplete, so it may grow if I get to know any other points.
-As work on the parser proceeds, this list may also shrink.
-===============================================================================================
-Things Todo
------------
-- Introduce a new event/callback which is called when there is an unresolvable
- entity or character reference
-- Support Unicode
-- Use Streams instead of reading the whole XML into memory
-===============================================================================================
-Change History, Version numbers
--------------------------------
-The Date is given in ISO Year-Month-Day (YYYY-MM-DD) order.
-Versions are counted from 1.0.0 beginning with the version from 2000-03-16.
-Unreleased versions don't get a version number.
-
-Date Author Version Changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-2000-03-16 HeySt 1.0.0 Start
-2000-03-28 HeySt 1.0.1 Initial Publishing of TXmlParser on the destructor.de Web Site
-2000-03-30 HeySt 1.0.2 TXmlParser.AnalyzeCData: Call "TranslateEncoding" for CurContent
-2000-03-31 HeySt 1.0.3 Deleted the StrPosE function (was not needed anyway)
-2000-04-04 HeySt 1.0.4 TDtdElementRec modified: Start/Final for all Elements;
- Should be backwards compatible.
- AnalyzeDtdc: Set CurPartType to ptDtdc
-2000-04-23 HeySt 1.0.5 New class TObjectList. Eliminated reference to the Delphi 5
- "Contnrs" unit so LibXmlParser is Delphi 4 compatible.
-2000-07-03 HeySt 1.0.6 TNvpNode: Added Constructor
-2000-07-11 HeySt 1.0.7 Removed "Windows" from USES clause
- Added three-exclamation-mark comments for Utf8ToAnsi/AnsiToUtf8
- Added three-exclamation-mark comments for CHR function calls
-2000-07-23 HeySt 1.0.8 TXmlParser.Clear: CurAttr.Clear; EntityStack.Clear;
- (This was not a bug; just defensive programming)
-2000-07-29 HeySt 1.0.9 TNvpList: Added methods: Node(Index), Value(Index), Name(Index);
-2000-10-07 HeySt Introduced Conditional Defines
- Uses Contnrs unit and its TObjectList class again for
- Delphi 5 and newer versions
-2001-01-30 HeySt Introduced Version Numbering
- Made LoadFromFile and LoadFromBuffer BOOLEAN functions
- Introduced FileMode parameter for LoadFromFile
- BugFix: TAttrList.Analyze: Must add CWhitespace to ExtractName call
- Comments worked over
-2001-02-28 HeySt 1.0.10 Completely worked over and tested the UTF-8 functions
- Fixed a bug in TXmlParser.Scan which caused it to start over when it
- was called after the end of scanning, resulting in an endless loop
- TEntityStack is now a TObjectList instead of TList
-2001-07-03 HeySt 1.0.11 Updated Compiler Version IFDEFs for Kylix
-2001-07-11 HeySt 1.0.12 New TCustomXmlScanner component (taken over from LibXmlComps.pas)
-2001-07-14 HeySt 1.0.13 Bugfix TCustomXmlScanner.FOnTranslateEncoding
-2001-10-22 HeySt Don't clear CurName anymore when the parser finds a CDATA section.
-2001-12-03 HeySt 1.0.14 TObjectList.Clear: Make call to INHERITED method (fixes a memory leak)
-2001-12-05 HeySt 1.0.15 TObjectList.Clear: removed call to INHERITED method
- TObjectList.Destroy: Inserted SetCapacity call.
- Reduces need for frequent re-allocation of pointer buffer
- Dedicated to my father, Theodor Heymann
-2002-06-26 HeySt 1.0.16 TXmlParser.Scan: Fixed a bug with PIs whose name is beginning
- with 'xml'. Thanks to Uwe Kamm for submitting this bug.
- The CurEncoding property is now always in uppercase letters (the XML
- spec wants it to be treated case independently so when it's uppercase
- comparisons are faster)
-2002-03-04 HeySt 1.0.17 Included an IFDEF for Delphi 7 (VER150) and Kylix
- There is a new symbol HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT which is used now to
- distinguish between IDEs which come with the Contnrs unit and
- those that don't.
-*)
-
-UNIT libxmlparser;
-
-{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-INTERFACE
-
-USES
- SysUtils, Classes,
- (*$IFDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT *) // The Contnrs Unit was introduced in Delphi 5
- Contnrs,
- (*$ENDIF*)
- Math;
-
-CONST
- CVersion = '1.0.17'; // This variable will be updated for every release
- // (I hope, I won't forget to do it everytime ...)
-
-TYPE
- TPartType = // --- Document Part Types
- (ptNone, // Nothing
- ptXmlProlog, // XML Prolog XmlSpec 2.8 / 4.3.1
- ptComment, // Comment XmlSpec 2.5
- ptPI, // Processing Instruction XmlSpec 2.6
- ptDtdc, // Document Type Declaration XmlSpec 2.8
- ptStartTag, // Start Tag XmlSpec 3.1
- ptEmptyTag, // Empty-Element Tag XmlSpec 3.1
- ptEndTag, // End Tag XmlSpec 3.1
- ptContent, // Text Content between Tags
- ptCData); // CDATA Section XmlSpec 2.7
-
- TDtdElemType = // --- DTD Elements
- (deElement, // !ELEMENT declaration
- deAttList, // !ATTLIST declaration
- deEntity, // !ENTITY declaration
- deNotation, // !NOTATION declaration
- dePI, // PI in DTD
- deComment, // Comment in DTD
- deError); // Error found in the DTD
-
-TYPE
- TAttrList = CLASS;
- TEntityStack = CLASS;
- TNvpList = CLASS;
- TElemDef = CLASS;
- TElemList = CLASS;
- TEntityDef = CLASS;
- TNotationDef = CLASS;
-
- TDtdElementRec = RECORD // --- This Record is returned by the DTD parser callback function
- Start, Final : PChar; // Start/End of the Element's Declaration
- CASE ElementType : TDtdElemType OF // Type of the Element
- deElement, // <!ELEMENT>
- deAttList : (ElemDef : TElemDef); // <!ATTLIST>
- deEntity : (EntityDef : TEntityDef); // <!ENTITY>
- deNotation : (NotationDef : TNotationDef); // <!NOTATION>
- dePI : (Target : PChar; // <?PI ?>
- Content : PChar;
- AttrList : TAttrList);
- deError : (Pos : PChar); // Error
- // deComment : ((No additional fields here)); // <!-- Comment -->
- END;
-
- TXmlParser = CLASS // --- Internal Properties and Methods
- PROTECTED
- FBuffer : PChar; // NIL if there is no buffer available
- FBufferSize : INTEGER; // 0 if the buffer is not owned by the Document instance
- FSource : STRING; // Name of Source of document. Filename for Documents loaded with LoadFromFile
-
- FXmlVersion : STRING; // XML version from Document header. Default is '1.0'
- FEncoding : STRING; // Encoding from Document header. Default is 'UTF-8'
- FStandalone : BOOLEAN; // Standalone declaration from Document header. Default is 'yes'
- FRootName : STRING; // Name of the Root Element (= DTD name)
- FDtdcFinal : PChar; // Pointer to the '>' character terminating the DTD declaration
-
- FNormalize : BOOLEAN; // If true: Pack Whitespace and don't return empty contents
- EntityStack : TEntityStack; // Entity Stack for Parameter and General Entities
- FCurEncoding : STRING; // Current Encoding during parsing (always uppercase)
-
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeProlog; // Analyze XML Prolog or Text Declaration
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeComment (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); // Analyze Comments
- PROCEDURE AnalyzePI (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); // Analyze Processing Instructions (PI)
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeDtdc; // Analyze Document Type Declaration
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeDtdElements (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); // Analyze DTD declarations
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeTag; // Analyze Start/End/Empty-Element Tags
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeCData; // Analyze CDATA Sections
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeText (VAR IsDone : BOOLEAN); // Analyze Text Content between Tags
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeElementDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeAttListDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeEntityDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- PROCEDURE AnalyzeNotationDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
-
- PROCEDURE PushPE (VAR Start : PChar);
- PROCEDURE ReplaceCharacterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
- PROCEDURE ReplaceParameterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
- PROCEDURE ReplaceGeneralEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
-
- FUNCTION GetDocBuffer : PChar; // Returns FBuffer or a pointer to a NUL char if Buffer is empty
-
- PUBLIC // --- Document Properties
- PROPERTY XmlVersion : STRING READ FXmlVersion; // XML version from the Document Prolog
- PROPERTY Encoding : STRING READ FEncoding; // Document Encoding from Prolog
- PROPERTY Standalone : BOOLEAN READ FStandalone; // Standalone Declaration from Prolog
- PROPERTY RootName : STRING READ FRootName; // Name of the Root Element
- PROPERTY Normalize : BOOLEAN READ FNormalize WRITE FNormalize; // True if Content is to be normalized
- PROPERTY Source : STRING READ FSource; // Name of Document Source (Filename)
- PROPERTY DocBuffer : PChar READ GetDocBuffer; // Returns document buffer
- PUBLIC // --- DTD Objects
- Elements : TElemList; // Elements: List of TElemDef (contains Attribute Definitions)
- Entities : TNvpList; // General Entities: List of TEntityDef
- ParEntities : TNvpList; // Parameter Entities: List of TEntityDef
- Notations : TNvpList; // Notations: List of TNotationDef
- PUBLIC
- CONSTRUCTOR Create;
- DESTRUCTOR Destroy; OVERRIDE;
-
- // --- Document Handling
- FUNCTION LoadFromFile (Filename : STRING;
- FileMode : INTEGER = fmOpenRead OR fmShareDenyNone) : BOOLEAN;
- // Loads Document from given file
- FUNCTION LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar) : BOOLEAN; // Loads Document from another buffer
- PROCEDURE SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar); // References another buffer
- PROCEDURE Clear; // Clear Document
-
- PUBLIC
- // --- Scanning through the document
- CurPartType : TPartType; // Current Type
- CurName : STRING; // Current Name
- CurContent : STRING; // Current Normalized Content
- CurStart : PChar; // Current First character
- CurFinal : PChar; // Current Last character
- CurAttr : TAttrList; // Current Attribute List
- PROPERTY CurEncoding : STRING READ FCurEncoding; // Current Encoding
- PROCEDURE StartScan;
- FUNCTION Scan : BOOLEAN;
-
- // --- Events / Callbacks
- FUNCTION LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId,
- Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser; VIRTUAL;
- FUNCTION TranslateEncoding (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING; VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec); VIRTUAL;
- END;
-
- TValueType = // --- Attribute Value Type
- (vtNormal, // Normal specified Attribute
- vtImplied, // #IMPLIED attribute value
- vtFixed, // #FIXED attribute value
- vtDefault); // Attribute value from default value in !ATTLIST declaration
-
- TAttrDefault = // --- Attribute Default Type
- (adDefault, // Normal default value
- adRequired, // #REQUIRED attribute
- adImplied, // #IMPLIED attribute
- adFixed); // #FIXED attribute
-
- TAttrType = // --- Type of attribute
- (atUnknown, // Unknown type
- atCData, // Character data only
- atID, // ID
- atIdRef, // ID Reference
- atIdRefs, // Several ID References, separated by Whitespace
- atEntity, // Name of an unparsed Entity
- atEntities, // Several unparsed Entity names, separated by Whitespace
- atNmToken, // Name Token
- atNmTokens, // Several Name Tokens, separated by Whitespace
- atNotation, // A selection of Notation names (Unparsed Entity)
- atEnumeration); // Enumeration
-
- TElemType = // --- Element content type
- (etEmpty, // Element is always empty
- etAny, // Element can have any mixture of PCDATA and any elements
- etChildren, // Element must contain only elements
- etMixed); // Mixed PCDATA and elements
-
- (*$IFDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT *)
- TObjectList = Contnrs.TObjectList; // Re-Export this identifier
- (*$ELSE *)
- TObjectList = CLASS (TList)
- DESTRUCTOR Destroy; OVERRIDE;
- PROCEDURE Delete (Index : INTEGER);
- PROCEDURE Clear; OVERRIDE;
- END;
- (*$ENDIF *)
-
- TNvpNode = CLASS // Name-Value Pair Node
- Name : STRING;
- Value : STRING;
- CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheName : STRING = ''; TheValue : STRING = '');
- END;
-
- TNvpList = CLASS (TObjectList) // Name-Value Pair List
- PROCEDURE Add (Node : TNvpNode);
- FUNCTION Node (Name : STRING) : TNvpNode; OVERLOAD;
- FUNCTION Node (Index : INTEGER) : TNvpNode; OVERLOAD;
- FUNCTION Value (Name : STRING) : STRING; OVERLOAD;
- FUNCTION Value (Index : INTEGER) : STRING; OVERLOAD;
- FUNCTION Name (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
- END;
-
- TAttr = CLASS (TNvpNode) // Attribute of a Start-Tag or Empty-Element-Tag
- ValueType : TValueType;
- AttrType : TAttrType;
- END;
-
- TAttrList = CLASS (TNvpList) // List of Attributes
- PROCEDURE Analyze (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- END;
-
- TEntityStack = CLASS (TObjectList) // Stack where current position is stored before parsing entities
- PROTECTED
- Owner : TXmlParser;
- PUBLIC
- CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheOwner : TXmlParser);
- PROCEDURE Push (LastPos : PChar); OVERLOAD;
- PROCEDURE Push (Instance : TObject; LastPos : PChar); OVERLOAD;
- FUNCTION Pop : PChar; // Returns next char or NIL if EOF is reached. Frees Instance.
- END;
-
- TAttrDef = CLASS (TNvpNode) // Represents a <!ATTLIST Definition. "Value" is the default value
- TypeDef : STRING; // Type definition from the DTD
- Notations : STRING; // Notation List, separated by pipe symbols '|'
- AttrType : TAttrType; // Attribute Type
- DefaultType : TAttrDefault; // Default Type
- END;
-
- TElemDef = CLASS (TNvpList) // Represents a <!ELEMENT Definition. Is a list of TAttrDef-Nodes
- Name : STRING; // Element name
- ElemType : TElemType; // Element type
- Definition : STRING; // Element definition from DTD
- END;
-
- TElemList = CLASS (TObjectList) // List of TElemDef nodes
- FUNCTION Node (Name : STRING) : TElemDef;
- PROCEDURE Add (Node : TElemDef);
- END;
-
- TEntityDef = CLASS (TNvpNode) // Represents a <!ENTITY Definition.
- SystemId : STRING;
- PublicId : STRING;
- NotationName : STRING;
- END;
-
- TNotationDef = CLASS (TNvpNode) // Represents a <!NOTATION Definition. Value is the System ID
- PublicId : STRING;
- END;
-
- TCharset = SET OF CHAR;
-
-
-CONST
- CWhitespace = [#32, #9, #13, #10]; // Whitespace characters (XmlSpec 2.3)
- CLetter = [#$41..#$5A, #$61..#$7A, #$C0..#$D6, #$D8..#$F6, #$F8..#$FF];
- CDigit = [#$30..#$39];
- CNameChar = CLetter + CDigit + ['.', '-', '_', ':', #$B7];
- CNameStart = CLetter + ['_', ':'];
- CQuoteChar = ['"', ''''];
- CPubidChar = [#32, ^M, ^J, #9, 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9',
- '-', '''', '(', ')', '+', ',', '.', '/', ':',
- '=', '?', ';', '!', '*', '#', '@', '$', '_', '%'];
-
- CDStart = '<![CDATA[';
- CDEnd = ']]>';
-
- // --- Name Constants for the above enumeration types
- CPartType_Name : ARRAY [TPartType] OF STRING =
- ('', 'XML Prolog', 'Comment', 'PI',
- 'DTD Declaration', 'Start Tag', 'Empty Tag', 'End Tag',
- 'Text', 'CDATA');
- CValueType_Name : ARRAY [TValueType] OF STRING = ('Normal', 'Implied', 'Fixed', 'Default');
- CAttrDefault_Name : ARRAY [TAttrDefault] OF STRING = ('Default', 'Required', 'Implied', 'Fixed');
- CElemType_Name : ARRAY [TElemType] OF STRING = ('Empty', 'Any', 'Childs only', 'Mixed');
- CAttrType_Name : ARRAY [TAttrType] OF STRING = ('Unknown', 'CDATA',
- 'ID', 'IDREF', 'IDREFS',
- 'ENTITY', 'ENTITIES',
- 'NMTOKEN', 'NMTOKENS',
- 'Notation', 'Enumeration');
-
-FUNCTION ConvertWs (Source: STRING; PackWs: BOOLEAN) : STRING; // Convert WS to spaces #x20
-PROCEDURE SetStringSF (VAR S : STRING; BufferStart, BufferFinal : PChar); // SetString by Start/Final of buffer
-FUNCTION StrSFPas (Start, Finish : PChar) : STRING; // Convert buffer part to Pascal string
-FUNCTION TrimWs (Source : STRING) : STRING; // Trim Whitespace
-
-FUNCTION AnsiToUtf8 (Source : ANSISTRING) : STRING; // Convert Win-1252 to UTF-8
-FUNCTION Utf8ToAnsi (Source : STRING; UnknownChar : CHAR = '¿') : ANSISTRING; // Convert UTF-8 to Win-1252
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TCustomXmlScanner event based component wrapper for TXmlParser
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-TYPE
- TCustomXmlScanner = CLASS;
- TXmlPrologEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN) OF OBJECT;
- TCommentEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Comment : STRING) OF OBJECT;
- TPIEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList) OF OBJECT;
- TDtdEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; RootElementName : STRING) OF OBJECT;
- TStartTagEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList) OF OBJECT;
- TEndTagEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; TagName : STRING) OF OBJECT;
- TContentEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Content : STRING) OF OBJECT;
- TElementEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; ElemDef : TElemDef) OF OBJECT;
- TEntityEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; EntityDef : TEntityDef) OF OBJECT;
- TNotationEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; NotationDef : TNotationDef) OF OBJECT;
- TErrorEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; ErrorPos : PChar) OF OBJECT;
- TExternalEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; SystemId, PublicId, NotationId : STRING;
- VAR Result : TXmlParser) OF OBJECT;
- TEncodingEvent = FUNCTION (Sender : TObject; CurrentEncoding, Source : STRING) : STRING OF OBJECT;
-
-
- TCustomXmlScanner = CLASS (TComponent)
- PROTECTED
- FXmlParser : TXmlParser;
- FOnXmlProlog : TXmlPrologEvent;
- FOnComment : TCommentEvent;
- FOnPI : TPIEvent;
- FOnDtdRead : TDtdEvent;
- FOnStartTag : TStartTagEvent;
- FOnEmptyTag : TStartTagEvent;
- FOnEndTag : TEndTagEvent;
- FOnContent : TContentEvent;
- FOnCData : TContentEvent;
- FOnElement : TElementEvent;
- FOnAttList : TElementEvent;
- FOnEntity : TEntityEvent;
- FOnNotation : TNotationEvent;
- FOnDtdError : TErrorEvent;
- FOnLoadExternal : TExternalEvent;
- FOnTranslateEncoding : TEncodingEvent;
- FStopParser : BOOLEAN;
- FUNCTION GetNormalize : BOOLEAN;
- PROCEDURE SetNormalize (Value : BOOLEAN);
-
- PROCEDURE WhenXmlProlog(XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenComment (Comment : STRING); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenPI (Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenDtdRead (RootElementName : STRING); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenStartTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenEmptyTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenEndTag (TagName : STRING); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenContent (Content : STRING); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenCData (Content : STRING); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenElement (ElemDef : TElemDef); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenAttList (ElemDef : TElemDef); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenEntity (EntityDef : TEntityDef); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenNotation (NotationDef : TNotationDef); VIRTUAL;
- PROCEDURE WhenDtdError (ErrorPos : PChar); VIRTUAL;
-
- PUBLIC
- CONSTRUCTOR Create (AOwner: TComponent); OVERRIDE;
- DESTRUCTOR Destroy; OVERRIDE;
-
- PROCEDURE LoadFromFile (Filename : TFilename); // Load XML Document from file
- PROCEDURE LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar); // Load XML Document from buffer
- PROCEDURE SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar); // Refer to Buffer
- FUNCTION GetFilename : TFilename;
-
- PROCEDURE Execute; // Perform scanning
-
- PROTECTED
- PROPERTY XmlParser : TXmlParser READ FXmlParser;
- PROPERTY StopParser : BOOLEAN READ FStopParser WRITE FStopParser;
- PROPERTY Filename : TFilename READ GetFilename WRITE LoadFromFile;
- PROPERTY Normalize : BOOLEAN READ GetNormalize WRITE SetNormalize;
- PROPERTY OnXmlProlog : TXmlPrologEvent READ FOnXmlProlog WRITE FOnXmlProlog;
- PROPERTY OnComment : TCommentEvent READ FOnComment WRITE FOnComment;
- PROPERTY OnPI : TPIEvent READ FOnPI WRITE FOnPI;
- PROPERTY OnDtdRead : TDtdEvent READ FOnDtdRead WRITE FOnDtdRead;
- PROPERTY OnStartTag : TStartTagEvent READ FOnStartTag WRITE FOnStartTag;
- PROPERTY OnEmptyTag : TStartTagEvent READ FOnEmptyTag WRITE FOnEmptyTag;
- PROPERTY OnEndTag : TEndTagEvent READ FOnEndTag WRITE FOnEndTag;
- PROPERTY OnContent : TContentEvent READ FOnContent WRITE FOnContent;
- PROPERTY OnCData : TContentEvent READ FOnCData WRITE FOnCData;
- PROPERTY OnElement : TElementEvent READ FOnElement WRITE FOnElement;
- PROPERTY OnAttList : TElementEvent READ FOnAttList WRITE FOnAttList;
- PROPERTY OnEntity : TEntityEvent READ FOnEntity WRITE FOnEntity;
- PROPERTY OnNotation : TNotationEvent READ FOnNotation WRITE FOnNotation;
- PROPERTY OnDtdError : TErrorEvent READ FOnDtdError WRITE FOnDtdError;
- PROPERTY OnLoadExternal : TExternalEvent READ FOnLoadExternal WRITE FOnLoadExternal;
- PROPERTY OnTranslateEncoding : TEncodingEvent READ FOnTranslateEncoding WRITE FOnTranslateEncoding;
- END;
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-IMPLEMENTATION
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-IMPLEMENTATION
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-Unicode and UTF-8 stuff
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-CONST
- // --- Character Translation Table for Unicode <-> Win-1252
- WIN1252_UNICODE : ARRAY [$00..$FF] OF WORD = (
- $0000, $0001, $0002, $0003, $0004, $0005, $0006, $0007, $0008, $0009,
- $000A, $000B, $000C, $000D, $000E, $000F, $0010, $0011, $0012, $0013,
- $0014, $0015, $0016, $0017, $0018, $0019, $001A, $001B, $001C, $001D,
- $001E, $001F, $0020, $0021, $0022, $0023, $0024, $0025, $0026, $0027,
- $0028, $0029, $002A, $002B, $002C, $002D, $002E, $002F, $0030, $0031,
- $0032, $0033, $0034, $0035, $0036, $0037, $0038, $0039, $003A, $003B,
- $003C, $003D, $003E, $003F, $0040, $0041, $0042, $0043, $0044, $0045,
- $0046, $0047, $0048, $0049, $004A, $004B, $004C, $004D, $004E, $004F,
- $0050, $0051, $0052, $0053, $0054, $0055, $0056, $0057, $0058, $0059,
- $005A, $005B, $005C, $005D, $005E, $005F, $0060, $0061, $0062, $0063,
- $0064, $0065, $0066, $0067, $0068, $0069, $006A, $006B, $006C, $006D,
- $006E, $006F, $0070, $0071, $0072, $0073, $0074, $0075, $0076, $0077,
- $0078, $0079, $007A, $007B, $007C, $007D, $007E, $007F,
-
- $20AC, $0081, $201A, $0192, $201E, $2026, $2020, $2021, $02C6, $2030,
- $0160, $2039, $0152, $008D, $017D, $008F, $0090, $2018, $2019, $201C,
- $201D, $2022, $2013, $2014, $02DC, $2122, $0161, $203A, $0153, $009D,
- $017E, $0178, $00A0, $00A1, $00A2, $00A3, $00A4, $00A5, $00A6, $00A7,
- $00A8, $00A9, $00AA, $00AB, $00AC, $00AD, $00AE, $00AF, $00B0, $00B1,
- $00B2, $00B3, $00B4, $00B5, $00B6, $00B7, $00B8, $00B9, $00BA, $00BB,
- $00BC, $00BD, $00BE, $00BF, $00C0, $00C1, $00C2, $00C3, $00C4, $00C5,
- $00C6, $00C7, $00C8, $00C9, $00CA, $00CB, $00CC, $00CD, $00CE, $00CF,
- $00D0, $00D1, $00D2, $00D3, $00D4, $00D5, $00D6, $00D7, $00D8, $00D9,
- $00DA, $00DB, $00DC, $00DD, $00DE, $00DF, $00E0, $00E1, $00E2, $00E3,
- $00E4, $00E5, $00E6, $00E7, $00E8, $00E9, $00EA, $00EB, $00EC, $00ED,
- $00EE, $00EF, $00F0, $00F1, $00F2, $00F3, $00F4, $00F5, $00F6, $00F7,
- $00F8, $00F9, $00FA, $00FB, $00FC, $00FD, $00FE, $00FF);
-
-(* UTF-8 (somewhat simplified)
- -----
- Character Range Byte sequence
- --------------- -------------------------- (x=Bits from original character)
- $0000..$007F 0xxxxxxx
- $0080..$07FF 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx
- $8000..$FFFF 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
-
- Example
- --------
- Transforming the Unicode character U+00E4 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS ("ä"):
-
- ISO-8859-1, Decimal 228
- Win1252, Hex $E4
- ANSI Bin 1110 0100
- abcd efgh
-
- UTF-8 Binary 1100xxab 10cdefgh
- Binary 11000011 10100100
- Hex $C3 $A4
- Decimal 195 164
- ANSI Ã ¤ *)
-
-
-FUNCTION AnsiToUtf8 (Source : ANSISTRING) : STRING;
- (* Converts the given Windows ANSI (Win1252) String to UTF-8. *)
-VAR
- I : INTEGER; // Loop counter
- U : WORD; // Current Unicode value
- Len : INTEGER; // Current real length of "Result" string
-BEGIN
- SetLength (Result, Length (Source) * 3); // Worst case
- Len := 0;
- FOR I := 1 TO Length (Source) DO BEGIN
- U := WIN1252_UNICODE [ORD (Source [I])];
- CASE U OF
- $0000..$007F : BEGIN
- INC (Len);
- Result [Len] := CHR (U);
- END;
- $0080..$07FF : BEGIN
- INC (Len);
- Result [Len] := CHR ($C0 OR (U SHR 6));
- INC (Len);
- Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR (U AND $3F));
- END;
- $0800..$FFFF : BEGIN
- INC (Len);
- Result [Len] := CHR ($E0 OR (U SHR 12));
- INC (Len);
- Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR ((U SHR 6) AND $3F));
- INC (Len);
- Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR (U AND $3F));
- END;
- END;
- END;
- SetLength (Result, Len);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION Utf8ToAnsi (Source : STRING; UnknownChar : CHAR = '¿') : ANSISTRING;
- (* Converts the given UTF-8 String to Windows ANSI (Win-1252).
- If a character can not be converted, the "UnknownChar" is inserted. *)
-VAR
- SourceLen : INTEGER; // Length of Source string
- I, K : INTEGER;
- A : BYTE; // Current ANSI character value
- U : WORD;
- Ch : CHAR; // Dest char
- Len : INTEGER; // Current real length of "Result" string
-BEGIN
- SourceLen := Length (Source);
- SetLength (Result, SourceLen); // Enough room to live
- Len := 0;
- I := 1;
- WHILE I <= SourceLen DO BEGIN
- A := ORD (Source [I]);
- IF A < $80 THEN BEGIN // Range $0000..$007F
- INC (Len);
- Result [Len] := Source [I];
- INC (I);
- END
- ELSE BEGIN // Determine U, Inc I
- IF (A AND $E0 = $C0) AND (I < SourceLen) THEN BEGIN // Range $0080..$07FF
- U := (WORD (A AND $1F) SHL 6) OR (ORD (Source [I+1]) AND $3F);
- INC (I, 2);
- END
- ELSE IF (A AND $F0 = $E0) AND (I < SourceLen-1) THEN BEGIN // Range $0800..$FFFF
- U := (WORD (A AND $0F) SHL 12) OR
- (WORD (ORD (Source [I+1]) AND $3F) SHL 6) OR
- ( ORD (Source [I+2]) AND $3F);
- INC (I, 3);
- END
- ELSE BEGIN // Unknown/unsupported
- INC (I);
- FOR K := 7 DOWNTO 0 DO
- IF A AND (1 SHL K) = 0 THEN BEGIN
- INC (I, (A SHR (K+1))-1);
- BREAK;
- END;
- U := WIN1252_UNICODE [ORD (UnknownChar)];
- END;
- Ch := UnknownChar; // Retrieve ANSI char
- FOR A := $00 TO $FF DO
- IF WIN1252_UNICODE [A] = U THEN BEGIN
- Ch := CHR (A);
- BREAK;
- END;
- INC (Len);
- Result [Len] := Ch;
- END;
- END;
- SetLength (Result, Len);
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-"Special" Helper Functions
-
-Don't ask me why. But including these functions makes the parser *DRAMATICALLY* faster
-on my K6-233 machine. You can test it yourself just by commenting them out.
-They do exactly the same as the Assembler routines defined in SysUtils.
-(This is where you can see how great the Delphi compiler really is. The compiled code is
-faster than hand-coded assembler!)
-===============================================================================================
---> Just move this line below the StrScan function --> *)
-
-
-FUNCTION StrPos (CONST Str, SearchStr : PChar) : PChar;
- // Same functionality as SysUtils.StrPos
-VAR
- First : CHAR;
- Len : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- First := SearchStr^;
- Len := StrLen (SearchStr);
- Result := Str;
- REPEAT
- IF Result^ = First THEN
- IF StrLComp (Result, SearchStr, Len) = 0 THEN BREAK;
- IF Result^ = #0 THEN BEGIN
- Result := NIL;
- BREAK;
- END;
- INC (Result);
- UNTIL FALSE;
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION StrScan (CONST Start : PChar; CONST Ch : CHAR) : PChar;
- // Same functionality as SysUtils.StrScan
-BEGIN
- Result := Start;
- WHILE Result^ <> Ch DO BEGIN
- IF Result^ = #0 THEN BEGIN
- Result := NIL;
- EXIT;
- END;
- INC (Result);
- END;
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-Helper Functions
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-FUNCTION DelChars (Source : STRING; CharsToDelete : TCharset) : STRING;
- // Delete all "CharsToDelete" from the string
-VAR
- I : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- Result := Source;
- FOR I := Length (Result) DOWNTO 1 DO
- IF Result [I] IN CharsToDelete THEN
- Delete (Result, I, 1);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TrimWs (Source : STRING) : STRING;
- // Trimms off Whitespace characters from both ends of the string
-VAR
- I : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- // --- Trim Left
- I := 1;
- WHILE (I <= Length (Source)) AND (Source [I] IN CWhitespace) DO
- INC (I);
- Result := Copy (Source, I, MaxInt);
-
- // --- Trim Right
- I := Length (Result);
- WHILE (I > 1) AND (Result [I] IN CWhitespace) DO
- DEC (I);
- Delete (Result, I+1, Length (Result)-I);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION ConvertWs (Source: STRING; PackWs: BOOLEAN) : STRING;
- // Converts all Whitespace characters to the Space #x20 character
- // If "PackWs" is true, contiguous Whitespace characters are packed to one
-VAR
- I : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- Result := Source;
- FOR I := Length (Result) DOWNTO 1 DO
- IF (Result [I] IN CWhitespace) THEN
- IF PackWs AND (I > 1) AND (Result [I-1] IN CWhitespace)
- THEN Delete (Result, I, 1)
- ELSE Result [I] := #32;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE SetStringSF (VAR S : STRING; BufferStart, BufferFinal : PChar);
-BEGIN
- SetString (S, BufferStart, BufferFinal-BufferStart+1);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION StrLPas (Start : PChar; Len : INTEGER) : STRING;
-BEGIN
- SetString (Result, Start, Len);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION StrSFPas (Start, Finish : PChar) : STRING;
-BEGIN
- SetString (Result, Start, Finish-Start+1);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION StrScanE (CONST Source : PChar; CONST CharToScanFor : CHAR) : PChar;
- // If "CharToScanFor" is not found, StrScanE returns the last char of the
- // buffer instead of NIL
-BEGIN
- Result := StrScan (Source, CharToScanFor);
- IF Result = NIL THEN
- Result := StrEnd (Source)-1;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE ExtractName (Start : PChar; Terminators : TCharset; VAR Final : PChar);
- (* Extracts the complete Name beginning at "Start".
- It is assumed that the name is contained in Markup, so the '>' character is
- always a Termination.
- Start: IN Pointer to first char of name. Is always considered to be valid
- Terminators: IN Characters which terminate the name
- Final: OUT Pointer to last char of name *)
-BEGIN
- Final := Start+1;
- Include (Terminators, #0);
- Include (Terminators, '>');
- WHILE NOT (Final^ IN Terminators) DO
- INC (Final);
- DEC (Final);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE ExtractQuote (Start : PChar; VAR Content : STRING; VAR Final : PChar);
- (* Extract a string which is contained in single or double Quotes.
- Start: IN Pointer to opening quote
- Content: OUT The quoted string
- Final: OUT Pointer to closing quote *)
-BEGIN
- Final := StrScan (Start+1, Start^);
- IF Final = NIL THEN BEGIN
- Final := StrEnd (Start+1)-1;
- SetString (Content, Start+1, Final-Start);
- END
- ELSE
- SetString (Content, Start+1, Final-1-Start);
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TEntityStackNode
-This Node is pushed to the "Entity Stack" whenever the parser parses entity replacement text.
-The "Instance" field holds the Instance pointer of an External Entity buffer. When it is
-popped, the Instance is freed.
-The "Encoding" field holds the name of the Encoding. External Parsed Entities may have
-another encoding as the document entity (XmlSpec 4.3.3). So when there is an "<?xml" PI
-found in the stream (= Text Declaration at the beginning of external parsed entities), the
-Encoding found there is used for the External Entity (is assigned to TXmlParser.CurEncoding)
-Default Encoding is for the Document Entity is UTF-8. It is assumed that External Entities
-have the same Encoding as the Document Entity, unless they carry a Text Declaration.
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-TYPE
- TEntityStackNode = CLASS
- Instance : TObject;
- Encoding : STRING;
- LastPos : PChar;
- END;
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TEntityStack
-For nesting of Entities.
-When there is an entity reference found in the data stream, the corresponding entity
-definition is searched and the current position is pushed to this stack.
-From then on, the program scans the entitiy replacement text as if it were normal content.
-When the parser reaches the end of an entity, the current position is popped off the
-stack again.
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-CONSTRUCTOR TEntityStack.Create (TheOwner : TXmlParser);
-BEGIN
- INHERITED Create;
- Owner := TheOwner;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TEntityStack.Push (LastPos : PChar);
-BEGIN
- Push (NIL, LastPos);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TEntityStack.Push (Instance : TObject; LastPos : PChar);
-VAR
- ESN : TEntityStackNode;
-BEGIN
- ESN := TEntityStackNode.Create;
- ESN.Instance := Instance;
- ESN.Encoding := Owner.FCurEncoding; // Save current Encoding
- ESN.LastPos := LastPos;
- Add (ESN);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TEntityStack.Pop : PChar;
-VAR
- ESN : TEntityStackNode;
-BEGIN
- IF Count > 0 THEN BEGIN
- ESN := TEntityStackNode (Items [Count-1]);
- Result := ESN.LastPos;
- IF ESN.Instance <> NIL THEN
- ESN.Instance.Free;
- IF ESN.Encoding <> '' THEN
- Owner.FCurEncoding := ESN.Encoding; // Restore current Encoding
- Delete (Count-1);
- END
- ELSE
- Result := NIL;
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TExternalID
------------
-XmlSpec 4.2.2: ExternalID ::= 'SYSTEM' S SystemLiteral |
- 'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral S SystemLiteral
-XmlSpec 4.7: PublicID ::= 'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral
-SystemLiteral and PubidLiteral are quoted
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-TYPE
- TExternalID = CLASS
- PublicId : STRING;
- SystemId : STRING;
- Final : PChar;
- CONSTRUCTOR Create (Start : PChar);
- END;
-
-CONSTRUCTOR TExternalID.Create (Start : PChar);
-BEGIN
- INHERITED Create;
- Final := Start;
- IF StrLComp (Start, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0 THEN BEGIN
- WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
- IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
- ExtractQuote (Final, SystemID, Final);
- END
- ELSE IF StrLComp (Start, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0 THEN BEGIN
- WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
- IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
- ExtractQuote (Final, PublicID, Final);
- INC (Final);
- WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
- IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
- ExtractQuote (Final, SystemID, Final);
- END;
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TXmlParser
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-CONSTRUCTOR TXmlParser.Create;
-BEGIN
- INHERITED Create;
- FBuffer := NIL;
- FBufferSize := 0;
- Elements := TElemList.Create;
- Entities := TNvpList.Create;
- ParEntities := TNvpList.Create;
- Notations := TNvpList.Create;
- CurAttr := TAttrList.Create;
- EntityStack := TEntityStack.Create (Self);
- Clear;
-END;
-
-
-DESTRUCTOR TXmlParser.Destroy;
-BEGIN
- Clear;
- Elements.Free;
- Entities.Free;
- ParEntities.Free;
- Notations.Free;
- CurAttr.Free;
- EntityStack.Free;
- INHERITED Destroy;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.Clear;
- // Free Buffer and clear all object attributes
-BEGIN
- IF (FBufferSize > 0) AND (FBuffer <> NIL) THEN
- FreeMem (FBuffer);
- FBuffer := NIL;
- FBufferSize := 0;
- FSource := '';
- FXmlVersion := '';
- FEncoding := '';
- FStandalone := FALSE;
- FRootName := '';
- FDtdcFinal := NIL;
- FNormalize := TRUE;
- Elements.Clear;
- Entities.Clear;
- ParEntities.Clear;
- Notations.Clear;
- CurAttr.Clear;
- EntityStack.Clear;
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TXmlParser.LoadFromFile (Filename : STRING; FileMode : INTEGER = fmOpenRead OR fmShareDenyNone) : BOOLEAN;
- // Loads Document from given file
- // Returns TRUE if successful
-VAR
- f : FILE;
- ReadIn : INTEGER;
- OldFileMode : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- Result := FALSE;
- Clear;
-
- // --- Open File
- OldFileMode := SYSTEM.FileMode;
- TRY
- SYSTEM.FileMode := FileMode;
- TRY
- AssignFile (f, Filename);
- Reset (f, 1);
- EXCEPT
- EXIT;
- END;
-
- TRY
- // --- Allocate Memory
- TRY
- FBufferSize := Filesize (f) + 1;
- GetMem (FBuffer, FBufferSize);
- EXCEPT
- Clear;
- EXIT;
- END;
-
- // --- Read File
- TRY
- BlockRead (f, FBuffer^, FBufferSize, ReadIn);
- (FBuffer+ReadIn)^ := #0; // NULL termination
- EXCEPT
- Clear;
- EXIT;
- END;
- FINALLY
- CloseFile (f);
- END;
-
- FSource := Filename;
- Result := TRUE;
-
- FINALLY
- SYSTEM.FileMode := OldFileMode;
- END;
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TXmlParser.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar) : BOOLEAN;
- // Loads Document from another buffer
- // Returns TRUE if successful
- // The "Source" property becomes '<MEM>' if successful
-BEGIN
- Result := FALSE;
- Clear;
- FBufferSize := StrLen (Buffer) + 1;
- TRY
- GetMem (FBuffer, FBufferSize);
- EXCEPT
- Clear;
- EXIT;
- END;
- StrCopy (FBuffer, Buffer);
- FSource := '<MEM>';
- Result := TRUE;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar); // References another buffer
-BEGIN
- Clear;
- FBuffer := Buffer;
- FBufferSize := 0;
- FSource := '<REFERENCE>';
-END;
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Scanning through the document
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.StartScan;
-BEGIN
- CurPartType := ptNone;
- CurName := '';
- CurContent := '';
- CurStart := NIL;
- CurFinal := NIL;
- CurAttr.Clear;
- EntityStack.Clear;
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TXmlParser.Scan : BOOLEAN;
- // Scans the next Part
- // Returns TRUE if a part could be found, FALSE if there is no part any more
- //
- // "IsDone" can be set to FALSE by AnalyzeText in order to go to the next part
- // if there is no Content due to normalization
-VAR
- IsDone : BOOLEAN;
-BEGIN
- REPEAT
- IsDone := TRUE;
-
- // --- Start of next Part
- IF CurStart = NIL
- THEN CurStart := DocBuffer
- ELSE CurStart := CurFinal+1;
- CurFinal := CurStart;
-
- // --- End of Document of Pop off a new part from the Entity stack?
- IF CurStart^ = #0 THEN
- CurStart := EntityStack.Pop;
-
- // --- No Document or End Of Document: Terminate Scan
- IF (CurStart = NIL) OR (CurStart^ = #0) THEN BEGIN
- CurStart := StrEnd (DocBuffer);
- CurFinal := CurStart-1;
- EntityStack.Clear;
- Result := FALSE;
- EXIT;
- END;
-
- IF (StrLComp (CurStart, '<?xml', 5) = 0) AND
- ((CurStart+5)^ IN CWhitespace) THEN AnalyzeProlog // XML Declaration, Text Declaration
- ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<?', 2) = 0 THEN AnalyzePI (CurStart, CurFinal) // PI
- ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<!--', 4) = 0 THEN AnalyzeComment (CurStart, CurFinal) // Comment
- ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<!DOCTYPE', 9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeDtdc // DTDc
- ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, CDStart, Length (CDStart)) = 0 THEN AnalyzeCdata // CDATA Section
- ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<', 1) = 0 THEN AnalyzeTag // Start-Tag, End-Tag, Empty-Element-Tag
- ELSE AnalyzeText (IsDone); // Text Content
- UNTIL IsDone;
- Result := TRUE;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeProlog;
- // Analyze XML Prolog or Text Declaration
-VAR
- F : PChar;
-BEGIN
- CurAttr.Analyze (CurStart+5, F);
- IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN BEGIN
- FXmlVersion := CurAttr.Value ('version');
- FEncoding := CurAttr.Value ('encoding');
- FStandalone := CurAttr.Value ('standalone') = 'yes';
- END;
- CurFinal := StrPos (F, '?>');
- IF CurFinal <> NIL
- THEN INC (CurFinal)
- ELSE CurFinal := StrEnd (CurStart)-1;
- FCurEncoding := AnsiUpperCase (CurAttr.Value ('encoding'));
- IF FCurEncoding = '' THEN
- FCurEncoding := 'UTF-8'; // Default XML Encoding is UTF-8
- CurPartType := ptXmlProlog;
- CurName := '';
- CurContent := '';
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeComment (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- // Analyze Comments
-BEGIN
- Final := StrPos (Start+4, '-->');
- IF Final = NIL
- THEN Final := StrEnd (Start)-1
- ELSE INC (Final, 2);
- CurPartType := ptComment;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzePI (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- // Analyze Processing Instructions (PI)
- // This is also called for Character
-VAR
- F : PChar;
-BEGIN
- CurPartType := ptPI;
- Final := StrPos (Start+2, '?>');
- IF Final = NIL
- THEN Final := StrEnd (Start)-1
- ELSE INC (Final);
- ExtractName (Start+2, CWhitespace + ['?', '>'], F);
- SetStringSF (CurName, Start+2, F);
- SetStringSF (CurContent, F+1, Final-2);
- CurAttr.Analyze (F+1, F);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeDtdc;
- (* Analyze Document Type Declaration
- doctypedecl ::= '<!DOCTYPE' S Name (S ExternalID)? S? ('[' (markupdecl | PEReference | S)* ']' S?)? '>'
- markupdecl ::= elementdecl | AttlistDecl | EntityDecl | NotationDecl | PI | Comment
- PEReference ::= '%' Name ';'
-
- elementdecl ::= '<!ELEMENT' S Name S contentspec S? '>'
- AttlistDecl ::= '<!ATTLIST' S Name AttDef* S? '>'
- EntityDecl ::= '<!ENTITY' S Name S EntityDef S? '>' |
- '<!ENTITY' S '%' S Name S PEDef S? '>'
- NotationDecl ::= '<!NOTATION' S Name S (ExternalID | PublicID) S? '>'
- PI ::= '<?' PITarget (S (Char* - (Char* '?>' Char* )))? '?>'
- Comment ::= '<!--' ((Char - '-') | ('-' (Char - '-')))* '-->' *)
-TYPE
- TPhase = (phName, phDtd, phInternal, phFinishing);
-VAR
- Phase : TPhase;
- F : PChar;
- ExternalID : TExternalID;
- ExternalDTD : TXmlParser;
- DER : TDtdElementRec;
-BEGIN
- DER.Start := CurStart;
- EntityStack.Clear; // Clear stack for Parameter Entities
- CurPartType := ptDtdc;
-
- // --- Don't read DTDc twice
- IF FDtdcFinal <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- CurFinal := FDtdcFinal;
- EXIT;
- END;
-
- // --- Scan DTDc
- CurFinal := CurStart + 9; // First char after '<!DOCTYPE'
- Phase := phName;
- REPEAT
- CASE CurFinal^ OF
- '%' : BEGIN
- PushPE (CurFinal);
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- #0 : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
- BREAK
- ELSE BEGIN
- CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- '[' : BEGIN
- Phase := phInternal;
- AnalyzeDtdElements (CurFinal+1, CurFinal);
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- ']' : Phase := phFinishing;
- '>' : BREAK;
- ELSE IF NOT (CurFinal^ IN CWhitespace) THEN BEGIN
- CASE Phase OF
- phName : IF (CurFinal^ IN CNameStart) THEN BEGIN
- ExtractName (CurFinal, CWhitespace + ['[', '>'], F);
- SetStringSF (FRootName, CurFinal, F);
- CurFinal := F;
- Phase := phDtd;
- END;
- phDtd : IF (StrLComp (CurFinal, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0) OR
- (StrLComp (CurFinal, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0) THEN BEGIN
- ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (CurFinal);
- ExternalDTD := LoadExternalEntity (ExternalId.SystemId, ExternalID.PublicId, '');
- F := StrPos (ExternalDtd.DocBuffer, '<!');
- IF F <> NIL THEN
- AnalyzeDtdElements (F, F);
- ExternalDTD.Free;
- CurFinal := ExternalID.Final;
- ExternalID.Free;
- END;
- ELSE BEGIN
- DER.ElementType := deError;
- DER.Pos := CurFinal;
- DER.Final := CurFinal;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
- END;
- END;
-
- END;
- END;
- INC (CurFinal);
- UNTIL FALSE;
-
- CurPartType := ptDtdc;
- CurName := '';
- CurContent := '';
-
- // It is an error in the document if "EntityStack" is not empty now
- IF EntityStack.Count > 0 THEN BEGIN
- DER.ElementType := deError;
- DER.Final := CurFinal;
- DER.Pos := CurFinal;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
- END;
-
- EntityStack.Clear; // Clear stack for General Entities
- FDtdcFinal := CurFinal;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeDtdElements (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- // Analyze the "Elements" of a DTD contained in the external or
- // internal DTD subset.
-VAR
- DER : TDtdElementRec;
-BEGIN
- Final := Start;
- REPEAT
- CASE Final^ OF
- '%' : BEGIN
- PushPE (Final);
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- #0 : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
- BREAK
- ELSE BEGIN
- CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- ']',
- '>' : BREAK;
- '<' : IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ELEMENT', 9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeElementDecl (Final, Final)
- ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ATTLIST', 9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeAttListDecl (Final, Final)
- ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ENTITY', 8) = 0 THEN AnalyzeEntityDecl (Final, Final)
- ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!NOTATION', 10) = 0 THEN AnalyzeNotationDecl (Final, Final)
- ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<?', 2) = 0 THEN BEGIN // PI in DTD
- DER.ElementType := dePI;
- DER.Start := Final;
- AnalyzePI (Final, Final);
- DER.Target := PChar (CurName);
- DER.Content := PChar (CurContent);
- DER.AttrList := CurAttr;
- DER.Final := Final;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
- END
- ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!--', 4) = 0 THEN BEGIN // Comment in DTD
- DER.ElementType := deComment;
- DER.Start := Final;
- AnalyzeComment (Final, Final);
- DER.Final := Final;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
- END
- ELSE BEGIN
- DER.ElementType := deError;
- DER.Start := Final;
- DER.Pos := Final;
- DER.Final := Final;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
- END;
-
- END;
- INC (Final);
- UNTIL FALSE;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeTag;
- // Analyze Tags
-VAR
- S, F : PChar;
- Attr : TAttr;
- ElemDef : TElemDef;
- AttrDef : TAttrDef;
- I : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- CurPartType := ptStartTag;
- S := CurStart+1;
- IF S^ = '/' THEN BEGIN
- CurPartType := ptEndTag;
- INC (S);
- END;
- ExtractName (S, CWhitespace + ['/'], F);
- SetStringSF (CurName, S, F);
- CurAttr.Analyze (F+1, CurFinal);
- IF CurFinal^ = '/' THEN BEGIN
- CurPartType := ptEmptyTag;
- END;
- CurFinal := StrScanE (CurFinal, '>');
-
- // --- Set Default Attribute values for nonexistent attributes
- IF (CurPartType = ptStartTag) OR (CurPartType = ptEmptyTag) THEN BEGIN
- ElemDef := Elements.Node (CurName);
- IF ElemDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- FOR I := 0 TO ElemDef.Count-1 DO BEGIN
- AttrDef := TAttrDef (ElemDef [I]);
- Attr := TAttr (CurAttr.Node (AttrDef.Name));
- IF (Attr = NIL) AND (AttrDef.Value <> '') THEN BEGIN
- Attr := TAttr.Create (AttrDef.Name, AttrDef.Value);
- Attr.ValueType := vtDefault;
- CurAttr.Add (Attr);
- END;
- IF Attr <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- CASE AttrDef.DefaultType OF
- adDefault : ;
- adRequired : ; // -!- It is an error in the document if "Attr.Value" is an empty string
- adImplied : Attr.ValueType := vtImplied;
- adFixed : BEGIN
- Attr.ValueType := vtFixed;
- Attr.Value := AttrDef.Value;
- END;
- END;
- Attr.AttrType := AttrDef.AttrType;
- END;
- END;
- END;
-
- // --- Normalize Attribute Values. XmlSpec:
- // - a character reference is processed by appending the referenced character to the attribute value
- // - an entity reference is processed by recursively processing the replacement text of the entity
- // - a whitespace character (#x20, #xD, #xA, #x9) is processed by appending #x20 to the normalized value,
- // except that only a single #x20 is appended for a "#xD#xA" sequence that is part of an external
- // parsed entity or the literal entity value of an internal parsed entity
- // - other characters are processed by appending them to the normalized value
- // If the declared value is not CDATA, then the XML processor must further process the
- // normalized attribute value by discarding any leading and trailing space (#x20) characters,
- // and by replacing sequences of space (#x20) characters by a single space (#x20) character.
- // All attributes for which no declaration has been read should be treated by a
- // non-validating parser as if declared CDATA.
- // !!! The XML 1.0 SE specification is somewhat different here
- // This code does not conform exactly to this specification
- FOR I := 0 TO CurAttr.Count-1 DO
- WITH TAttr (CurAttr [I]) DO BEGIN
- ReplaceGeneralEntities (Value);
- ReplaceCharacterEntities (Value);
- IF (AttrType <> atCData) AND (AttrType <> atUnknown)
- THEN Value := TranslateEncoding (TrimWs (ConvertWs (Value, TRUE)))
- ELSE Value := TranslateEncoding (ConvertWs (Value, FALSE));
- END;
- END;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeCData;
- // Analyze CDATA Sections
-BEGIN
- CurPartType := ptCData;
- CurFinal := StrPos (CurStart, CDEnd);
- IF CurFinal = NIL THEN BEGIN
- CurFinal := StrEnd (CurStart)-1;
- CurContent := TranslateEncoding (StrPas (CurStart+Length (CDStart)));
- END
- ELSE BEGIN
- SetStringSF (CurContent, CurStart+Length (CDStart), CurFinal-1);
- INC (CurFinal, Length (CDEnd)-1);
- CurContent := TranslateEncoding (CurContent);
- END;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeText (VAR IsDone : BOOLEAN);
- (* Analyzes Text Content between Tags. CurFinal will point to the last content character.
- Content ends at a '<' character or at the end of the document.
- Entity References and Character Entity references are resolved.
- If PackSpaces is TRUE, contiguous Whitespace Characters will be compressed to
- one Space #x20 character, Whitespace at the beginning and end of content will
- be trimmed off and content which is or becomes empty is not returned to
- the application (in this case, "IsDone" is set to FALSE which causes the
- Scan method to proceed directly to the next part. *)
-
- PROCEDURE ProcessEntity;
- (* Is called if there is an ampsersand '&' character found in the document.
- IN "CurFinal" points to the ampersand
- OUT "CurFinal" points to the first character after the semi-colon ';' *)
- VAR
- P : PChar;
- Name : STRING;
- EntityDef : TEntityDef;
- ExternalEntity : TXmlParser;
- BEGIN
- P := StrScan (CurFinal , ';');
- IF P <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- SetStringSF (Name, CurFinal+1, P-1);
-
- // Is it a Character Entity?
- IF (CurFinal+1)^ = '#' THEN BEGIN
- IF UpCase ((CurFinal+2)^) = 'X' // !!! Can't use "CHR" for Unicode characters > 255:
- THEN CurContent := CurContent + CHR (StrToIntDef ('$'+Copy (Name, 3, MaxInt), 32))
- ELSE CurContent := CurContent + CHR (StrToIntDef (Copy (Name, 2, MaxInt), 32));
- CurFinal := P+1;
- EXIT;
- END
-
- // Is it a Predefined Entity?
- ELSE IF Name = 'lt' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '<'; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
- ELSE IF Name = 'gt' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '>'; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
- ELSE IF Name = 'amp' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '&'; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
- ELSE IF Name = 'apos' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + ''''; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
- ELSE IF Name = 'quot' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '"'; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END;
-
- // Replace with Entity from DTD
- EntityDef := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (Name));
- IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- IF EntityDef.Value <> '' THEN BEGIN
- EntityStack.Push (P+1);
- CurFinal := PChar (EntityDef.Value);
- END
- ELSE BEGIN
- ExternalEntity := LoadExternalEntity (EntityDef.SystemId, EntityDef.PublicId, EntityDef.NotationName);
- EntityStack.Push (ExternalEntity, P+1);
- CurFinal := ExternalEntity.DocBuffer;
- END;
- END
- ELSE BEGIN
- CurContent := CurContent + Name;
- CurFinal := P+1;
- END;
- END
- ELSE BEGIN
- INC (CurFinal);
- END;
- END;
-
-VAR
- C : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- CurFinal := CurStart;
- CurPartType := ptContent;
- CurContent := '';
- C := 0;
- REPEAT
- CASE CurFinal^ OF
- '&' : BEGIN
- CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
- C := 0;
- ProcessEntity;
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- #0 : BEGIN
- IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
- BREAK
- ELSE BEGIN
- CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
- C := 0;
- CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- END;
- '<' : BREAK;
- ELSE INC (C);
- END;
- INC (CurFinal);
- UNTIL FALSE;
- CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
- DEC (CurFinal);
-
- IF FNormalize THEN BEGIN
- CurContent := ConvertWs (TrimWs (CurContent), TRUE);
- IsDone := CurContent <> ''; // IsDone will only get FALSE if PackSpaces is TRUE
- END;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeElementDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- (* Parse <!ELEMENT declaration starting at "Start"
- Final must point to the terminating '>' character
- XmlSpec 3.2:
- elementdecl ::= '<!ELEMENT' S Name S contentspec S? '>'
- contentspec ::= 'EMPTY' | 'ANY' | Mixed | children
- Mixed ::= '(' S? '#PCDATA' (S? '|' S? Name)* S? ')*' |
- '(' S? '#PCDATA' S? ')'
- children ::= (choice | seq) ('?' | '*' | '+')?
- choice ::= '(' S? cp ( S? '|' S? cp )* S? ')'
- cp ::= (Name | choice | seq) ('?' | '*' | '+')?
- seq ::= '(' S? cp ( S? ',' S? cp )* S? ')'
-
- More simply:
- contentspec ::= EMPTY
- ANY
- '(#PCDATA)'
- '(#PCDATA | A | B)*'
- '(A, B, C)'
- '(A | B | C)'
- '(A?, B*, C+),
- '(A, (B | C | D)* )' *)
-VAR
- Element : TElemDef;
- Elem2 : TElemDef;
- F : PChar;
- DER : TDtdElementRec;
-BEGIN
- Element := TElemDef.Create;
- Final := Start + 9;
- DER.Start := Start;
- REPEAT
- IF Final^ = '>' THEN BREAK;
- IF (Final^ IN CNameStart) AND (Element.Name = '') THEN BEGIN
- ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace, F);
- SetStringSF (Element.Name, Final, F);
- Final := F;
- F := StrScan (Final+1, '>');
- IF F = NIL THEN BEGIN
- Element.Definition := STRING (Final);
- Final := StrEnd (Final);
- BREAK;
- END
- ELSE BEGIN
- SetStringSF (Element.Definition, Final+1, F-1);
- Final := F;
- BREAK;
- END;
- END;
- INC (Final);
- UNTIL FALSE;
- Element.Definition := DelChars (Element.Definition, CWhitespace);
- ReplaceParameterEntities (Element.Definition);
- IF Element.Definition = 'EMPTY' THEN Element.ElemType := etEmpty
- ELSE IF Element.Definition = 'ANY' THEN Element.ElemType := etAny
- ELSE IF Copy (Element.Definition, 1, 8) = '(#PCDATA' THEN Element.ElemType := etMixed
- ELSE IF Copy (Element.Definition, 1, 1) = '(' THEN Element.ElemType := etChildren
- ELSE Element.ElemType := etAny;
-
- Elem2 := Elements.Node (Element.Name);
- IF Elem2 <> NIL THEN
- Elements.Delete (Elements.IndexOf (Elem2));
- Elements.Add (Element);
- Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
- DER.ElementType := deElement;
- DER.ElemDef := Element;
- DER.Final := Final;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeAttListDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- (* Parse <!ATTLIST declaration starting at "Start"
- Final must point to the terminating '>' character
- XmlSpec 3.3:
- AttlistDecl ::= '<!ATTLIST' S Name AttDef* S? '>'
- AttDef ::= S Name S AttType S DefaultDecl
- AttType ::= StringType | TokenizedType | EnumeratedType
- StringType ::= 'CDATA'
- TokenizedType ::= 'ID' | 'IDREF' | 'IDREFS' | 'ENTITY' | 'ENTITIES' | 'NMTOKEN' | 'NMTOKENS'
- EnumeratedType ::= NotationType | Enumeration
- NotationType ::= 'NOTATION' S '(' S? Name (S? '|' S? Name)* S? ')'
- Enumeration ::= '(' S? Nmtoken (S? '|' S? Nmtoken)* S? ')'
- DefaultDecl ::= '#REQUIRED' | '#IMPLIED' | (('#FIXED' S)? AttValue)
- AttValue ::= '"' ([^<&"] | Reference)* '"' | "'" ([^<&'] | Reference)* "'"
- Examples:
- <!ATTLIST address
- A1 CDATA "Default"
- A2 ID #REQUIRED
- A3 IDREF #IMPLIED
- A4 IDREFS #IMPLIED
- A5 ENTITY #FIXED "&at;&#252;"
- A6 ENTITIES #REQUIRED
- A7 NOTATION (WMF | DXF) "WMF"
- A8 (A | B | C) #REQUIRED> *)
-TYPE
- TPhase = (phElementName, phName, phType, phNotationContent, phDefault);
-VAR
- Phase : TPhase;
- F : PChar;
- ElementName : STRING;
- ElemDef : TElemDef;
- AttrDef : TAttrDef;
- AttrDef2 : TAttrDef;
- Strg : STRING;
- DER : TDtdElementRec;
-BEGIN
- Final := Start + 9; // The character after <!ATTLIST
- Phase := phElementName;
- DER.Start := Start;
- AttrDef := NIL;
- ElemDef := NIL;
- REPEAT
- IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
- CASE Final^ OF
- '%' : BEGIN
- PushPE (Final);
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- #0 : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
- BREAK
- ELSE BEGIN
- Final := EntityStack.Pop;
- CONTINUE;
- END;
- '>' : BREAK;
- ELSE CASE Phase OF
- phElementName : BEGIN
- ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar + ['#'], F);
- SetStringSF (ElementName, Final, F);
- Final := F;
- ElemDef := Elements.Node (ElementName);
- IF ElemDef = NIL THEN BEGIN
- ElemDef := TElemDef.Create;
- ElemDef.Name := ElementName;
- ElemDef.Definition := 'ANY';
- ElemDef.ElemType := etAny;
- Elements.Add (ElemDef);
- END;
- Phase := phName;
- END;
- phName : BEGIN
- AttrDef := TAttrDef.Create;
- ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar + ['#'], F);
- SetStringSF (AttrDef.Name, Final, F);
- Final := F;
- AttrDef2 := TAttrDef (ElemDef.Node (AttrDef.Name));
- IF AttrDef2 <> NIL THEN
- ElemDef.Delete (ElemDef.IndexOf (AttrDef2));
- ElemDef.Add (AttrDef);
- Phase := phType;
- END;
- phType : BEGIN
- IF Final^ = '(' THEN BEGIN
- F := StrScan (Final+1, ')');
- IF F <> NIL
- THEN SetStringSF (AttrDef.TypeDef, Final+1, F-1)
- ELSE AttrDef.TypeDef := STRING (Final+1);
- AttrDef.TypeDef := DelChars (AttrDef.TypeDef, CWhitespace);
- AttrDef.AttrType := atEnumeration;
- ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.TypeDef);
- ReplaceCharacterEntities (AttrDef.TypeDef);
- Phase := phDefault;
- END
- ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, 'NOTATION', 8) = 0 THEN BEGIN
- INC (Final, 8);
- AttrDef.AttrType := atNotation;
- Phase := phNotationContent;
- END
- ELSE BEGIN
- ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace+CQuoteChar+['#'], F);
- SetStringSF (AttrDef.TypeDef, Final, F);
- IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'CDATA' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atCData
- ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ID' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atId
- ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'IDREF' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atIdRef
- ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'IDREFS' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atIdRefs
- ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ENTITY' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atEntity
- ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ENTITIES' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atEntities
- ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'NMTOKEN' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atNmToken
- ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'NMTOKENS' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atNmTokens;
- Phase := phDefault;
- END
- END;
- phNotationContent : BEGIN
- F := StrScan (Final, ')');
- IF F <> NIL THEN
- SetStringSF (AttrDef.Notations, Final+1, F-1)
- ELSE BEGIN
- AttrDef.Notations := STRING (Final+1);
- Final := StrEnd (Final);
- END;
- ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.Notations);
- AttrDef.Notations := DelChars (AttrDef.Notations, CWhitespace);
- Phase := phDefault;
- END;
- phDefault : BEGIN
- IF Final^ = '#' THEN BEGIN
- ExtractName (Final, CWhiteSpace + CQuoteChar, F);
- SetStringSF (Strg, Final, F);
- Final := F;
- ReplaceParameterEntities (Strg);
- IF Strg = '#REQUIRED' THEN BEGIN AttrDef.DefaultType := adRequired; Phase := phName; END
- ELSE IF Strg = '#IMPLIED' THEN BEGIN AttrDef.DefaultType := adImplied; Phase := phName; END
- ELSE IF Strg = '#FIXED' THEN AttrDef.DefaultType := adFixed;
- END
- ELSE IF (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN BEGIN
- ExtractQuote (Final, AttrDef.Value, Final);
- ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.Value);
- ReplaceCharacterEntities (AttrDef.Value);
- Phase := phName;
- END;
- IF Phase = phName THEN BEGIN
- AttrDef := NIL;
- END;
- END;
-
- END;
- END;
- INC (Final);
- UNTIL FALSE;
-
- Final := StrScan (Final, '>');
-
- DER.ElementType := deAttList;
- DER.ElemDef := ElemDef;
- DER.Final := Final;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeEntityDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- (* Parse <!ENTITY declaration starting at "Start"
- Final must point to the terminating '>' character
- XmlSpec 4.2:
- EntityDecl ::= '<!ENTITY' S Name S EntityDef S? '>' |
- '<!ENTITY' S '%' S Name S PEDef S? '>'
- EntityDef ::= EntityValue | (ExternalID NDataDecl?)
- PEDef ::= EntityValue | ExternalID
- NDataDecl ::= S 'NDATA' S Name
- EntityValue ::= '"' ([^%&"] | PEReference | EntityRef | CharRef)* '"' |
- "'" ([^%&'] | PEReference | EntityRef | CharRef)* "'"
- PEReference ::= '%' Name ';'
-
- Examples
- <!ENTITY test1 "Stefan Heymann"> <!-- Internal, general, parsed -->
- <!ENTITY test2 SYSTEM "ent2.xml"> <!-- External, general, parsed -->
- <!ENTITY test2 SYSTEM "ent3.gif" NDATA gif> <!-- External, general, unparsed -->
- <!ENTITY % test3 "<!ELEMENT q ANY>"> <!-- Internal, parameter -->
- <!ENTITY % test6 SYSTEM "ent6.xml"> <!-- External, parameter -->
- <!ENTITY test4 "&test1; ist lieb"> <!-- IGP, Replacement text <> literal value -->
- <!ENTITY test5 "<p>Dies ist ein Test-Absatz</p>"> <!-- IGP, See XmlSpec 2.4 -->
- *)
-TYPE
- TPhase = (phName, phContent, phNData, phNotationName, phFinalGT);
-VAR
- Phase : TPhase;
- IsParamEntity : BOOLEAN;
- F : PChar;
- ExternalID : TExternalID;
- EntityDef : TEntityDef;
- EntityDef2 : TEntityDef;
- DER : TDtdElementRec;
-BEGIN
- Final := Start + 8; // First char after <!ENTITY
- DER.Start := Start;
- Phase := phName;
- IsParamEntity := FALSE;
- EntityDef := TEntityDef.Create;
- REPEAT
- IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
- CASE Final^ OF
- '%' : IsParamEntity := TRUE;
- '>' : BREAK;
- ELSE CASE Phase OF
- phName : IF Final^ IN CNameStart THEN BEGIN
- ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar, F);
- SetStringSF (EntityDef.Name, Final, F);
- Final := F;
- Phase := phContent;
- END;
- phContent : IF Final^ IN CQuoteChar THEN BEGIN
- ExtractQuote (Final, EntityDef.Value, Final);
- Phase := phFinalGT;
- END
- ELSE IF (StrLComp (Final, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0) OR
- (StrLComp (Final, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0) THEN BEGIN
- ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (Final);
- EntityDef.SystemId := ExternalID.SystemId;
- EntityDef.PublicId := ExternalID.PublicId;
- Final := ExternalID.Final;
- Phase := phNData;
- ExternalID.Free;
- END;
- phNData : IF StrLComp (Final, 'NDATA', 5) = 0 THEN BEGIN
- INC (Final, 4);
- Phase := phNotationName;
- END;
- phNotationName : IF Final^ IN CNameStart THEN BEGIN
- ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['>'], F);
- SetStringSF (EntityDef.NotationName, Final, F);
- Final := F;
- Phase := phFinalGT;
- END;
- phFinalGT : ; // -!- There is an error in the document if this branch is called
- END;
- END;
- INC (Final);
- UNTIL FALSE;
- IF IsParamEntity THEN BEGIN
- EntityDef2 := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (EntityDef.Name));
- IF EntityDef2 <> NIL THEN
- ParEntities.Delete (ParEntities.IndexOf (EntityDef2));
- ParEntities.Add (EntityDef);
- ReplaceCharacterEntities (EntityDef.Value);
- END
- ELSE BEGIN
- EntityDef2 := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (EntityDef.Name));
- IF EntityDef2 <> NIL THEN
- Entities.Delete (Entities.IndexOf (EntityDef2));
- Entities.Add (EntityDef);
- ReplaceParameterEntities (EntityDef.Value); // Create replacement texts (see XmlSpec 4.5)
- ReplaceCharacterEntities (EntityDef.Value);
- END;
- Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
-
- DER.ElementType := deEntity;
- DER.EntityDef := EntityDef;
- DER.Final := Final;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeNotationDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- // Parse <!NOTATION declaration starting at "Start"
- // Final must point to the terminating '>' character
- // XmlSpec 4.7: NotationDecl ::= '<!NOTATION' S Name S (ExternalID | PublicID) S? '>'
-TYPE
- TPhase = (phName, phExtId, phEnd);
-VAR
- ExternalID : TExternalID;
- Phase : TPhase;
- F : PChar;
- NotationDef : TNotationDef;
- DER : TDtdElementRec;
-BEGIN
- Final := Start + 10; // Character after <!NOTATION
- DER.Start := Start;
- Phase := phName;
- NotationDef := TNotationDef.Create;
- REPEAT
- IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
- CASE Final^ OF
- '>',
- #0 : BREAK;
- ELSE CASE Phase OF
- phName : BEGIN
- ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['>'], F);
- SetStringSF (NotationDef.Name, Final, F);
- Final := F;
- Phase := phExtId;
- END;
- phExtId : BEGIN
- ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (Final);
- NotationDef.Value := ExternalID.SystemId;
- NotationDef.PublicId := ExternalID.PublicId;
- Final := ExternalId.Final;
- ExternalId.Free;
- Phase := phEnd;
- END;
- phEnd : ; // -!- There is an error in the document if this branch is called
- END;
- END;
- INC (Final);
- UNTIL FALSE;
- Notations.Add (NotationDef);
- Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
-
- DER.ElementType := deNotation;
- DER.NotationDef := NotationDef;
- DER.Final := Final;
- DtdElementFound (DER);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.PushPE (VAR Start : PChar);
- (* If there is a parameter entity reference found in the data stream,
- the current position will be pushed to the entity stack.
- Start: IN Pointer to the '%' character starting the PE reference
- OUT Pointer to first character of PE replacement text *)
-VAR
- P : PChar;
- EntityDef : TEntityDef;
-BEGIN
- P := StrScan (Start, ';');
- IF P <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- EntityDef := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (StrSFPas (Start+1, P-1)));
- IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- EntityStack.Push (P+1);
- Start := PChar (EntityDef.Value);
- END
- ELSE
- Start := P+1;
- END;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceCharacterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
- // Replaces all Character Entity References in the String
-VAR
- Start : INTEGER;
- PAmp : PChar;
- PSemi : PChar;
- PosAmp : INTEGER;
- Len : INTEGER; // Length of Entity Reference
-BEGIN
- IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
- Start := 1;
- REPEAT
- PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str) + Start-1, '&#');
- IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
- PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
- IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
- PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
- Len := PSemi-PAmp+1;
- IF CompareText (Str [PosAmp+2], 'x') = 0 // !!! Can't use "CHR" for Unicode characters > 255
- THEN Str [PosAmp] := CHR (StrToIntDef ('$'+Copy (Str, PosAmp+3, Len-4), 0))
- ELSE Str [PosAmp] := CHR (StrToIntDef (Copy (Str, PosAmp+2, Len-3), 32));
- Delete (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-1);
- Start := PosAmp + 1;
- UNTIL FALSE;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceParameterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
- // Recursively replaces all Parameter Entity References in the String
- PROCEDURE ReplaceEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
- VAR
- Start : INTEGER;
- PAmp : PChar;
- PSemi : PChar;
- PosAmp : INTEGER;
- Len : INTEGER;
- Entity : TEntityDef;
- Repl : STRING; // Replacement
- BEGIN
- IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
- Start := 1;
- REPEAT
- PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str)+Start-1, '%');
- IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
- PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
- IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
- PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
- Len := PSemi-PAmp+1;
- Entity := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (Copy (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-2)));
- IF Entity <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- Repl := Entity.Value;
- ReplaceEntities (Repl); // Recursion
- END
- ELSE
- Repl := Copy (Str, PosAmp, Len);
- Delete (Str, PosAmp, Len);
- Insert (Repl, Str, PosAmp);
- Start := PosAmp + Length (Repl);
- UNTIL FALSE;
- END;
-BEGIN
- ReplaceEntities (Str);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceGeneralEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
- // Recursively replaces General Entity References in the String
- PROCEDURE ReplaceEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
- VAR
- Start : INTEGER;
- PAmp : PChar;
- PSemi : PChar;
- PosAmp : INTEGER;
- Len : INTEGER;
- EntityDef : TEntityDef;
- EntName : STRING;
- Repl : STRING; // Replacement
- ExternalEntity : TXmlParser;
- BEGIN
- IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
- Start := 1;
- REPEAT
- PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str)+Start-1, '&');
- IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
- PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
- IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
- PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
- Len := PSemi-PAmp+1;
- EntName := Copy (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-2);
- IF EntName = 'lt' THEN Repl := '<'
- ELSE IF EntName = 'gt' THEN Repl := '>'
- ELSE IF EntName = 'amp' THEN Repl := '&'
- ELSE IF EntName = 'apos' THEN Repl := ''''
- ELSE IF EntName = 'quot' THEN Repl := '"'
- ELSE BEGIN
- EntityDef := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (EntName));
- IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
- IF EntityDef.Value <> '' THEN // Internal Entity
- Repl := EntityDef.Value
- ELSE BEGIN // External Entity
- ExternalEntity := LoadExternalEntity (EntityDef.SystemId, EntityDef.PublicId, EntityDef.NotationName);
- Repl := StrPas (ExternalEntity.DocBuffer); // !!! What if it contains a Text Declaration?
- ExternalEntity.Free;
- END;
- ReplaceEntities (Repl); // Recursion
- END
- ELSE
- Repl := Copy (Str, PosAmp, Len);
- END;
- Delete (Str, PosAmp, Len);
- Insert (Repl, Str, PosAmp);
- Start := PosAmp + Length (Repl);
- UNTIL FALSE;
- END;
-BEGIN
- ReplaceEntities (Str);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TXmlParser.LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;
- // This will be called whenever there is a Parsed External Entity or
- // the DTD External Subset to be parsed.
- // It has to create a TXmlParser instance and load the desired Entity.
- // This instance of LoadExternalEntity assumes that "SystemId" is a valid
- // file name (relative to the Document source) and loads this file using
- // the LoadFromFile method.
-VAR
- Filename : STRING;
-BEGIN
- // --- Convert System ID to complete filename
- Filename := StringReplace (SystemId, '/', '\', [rfReplaceAll]);
- IF Copy (FSource, 1, 1) <> '<' THEN
- IF (Copy (Filename, 1, 2) = '\\') OR (Copy (Filename, 2, 1) = ':') THEN
- // Already has an absolute Path
- ELSE BEGIN
- Filename := ExtractFilePath (FSource) + Filename;
- END;
-
- // --- Load the File
- Result := TXmlParser.Create;
- Result.LoadFromFile (Filename);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TXmlParser.TranslateEncoding (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;
- // The member variable "CurEncoding" always holds the name of the current
- // encoding, e.g. 'UTF-8' or 'ISO-8859-1'.
- // This virtual method "TranslateEncoding" is responsible for translating
- // the content passed in the "Source" parameter to the Encoding which
- // is expected by the application.
- // This instance of "TranlateEncoding" assumes that the Application expects
- // Windows ANSI (Win1252) strings. It is able to transform UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1
- // encodings.
- // If you want your application to understand or create other encodings, you
- // override this function.
-BEGIN
- IF CurEncoding = 'UTF-8'
- THEN Result := Utf8ToAnsi (Source)
- ELSE Result := Source;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TXmlParser.DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);
- // This method is called for every element which is found in the DTD
- // declaration. The variant record TDtdElementRec is passed which
- // holds informations about the element.
- // You can override this function to handle DTD declarations.
- // Note that when you parse the same Document instance a second time,
- // the DTD will not get parsed again.
-BEGIN
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TXmlParser.GetDocBuffer: PChar;
- // Returns FBuffer or a pointer to a NUL char if Buffer is empty
-BEGIN
- IF FBuffer = NIL
- THEN Result := #0
- ELSE Result := FBuffer;
-END;
-
-
-(*$IFNDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT
-===============================================================================================
-TObjectList
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-DESTRUCTOR TObjectList.Destroy;
-BEGIN
- Clear;
- SetCapacity(0);
- INHERITED Destroy;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TObjectList.Delete (Index : INTEGER);
-BEGIN
- IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count) THEN EXIT;
- TObject (Items [Index]).Free;
- INHERITED Delete (Index);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TObjectList.Clear;
-BEGIN
- WHILE Count > 0 DO
- Delete (Count-1);
-END;
-
-(*$ENDIF *)
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TNvpNode
---------
-Node base class for the TNvpList
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-CONSTRUCTOR TNvpNode.Create (TheName, TheValue : STRING);
-BEGIN
- INHERITED Create;
- Name := TheName;
- Value := TheValue;
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TNvpList
---------
-A generic List of Name-Value Pairs, based on the TObjectList introduced in Delphi 5
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-PROCEDURE TNvpList.Add (Node : TNvpNode);
-VAR
- I : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- FOR I := Count-1 DOWNTO 0 DO
- IF Node.Name > TNvpNode (Items [I]).Name THEN BEGIN
- Insert (I+1, Node);
- EXIT;
- END;
- Insert (0, Node);
-END;
-
-
-
-FUNCTION TNvpList.Node (Name : STRING) : TNvpNode;
- // Binary search for Node
-VAR
- L, H : INTEGER; // Low, High Limit
- T, C : INTEGER; // Test Index, Comparison result
- Last : INTEGER; // Last Test Index
-BEGIN
- IF Count=0 THEN BEGIN
- Result := NIL;
- EXIT;
- END;
-
- L := 0;
- H := Count;
- Last := -1;
- REPEAT
- T := (L+H) DIV 2;
- IF T=Last THEN BREAK;
- Result := TNvpNode (Items [T]);
- C := CompareStr (Result.Name, Name);
- IF C = 0 THEN EXIT
- ELSE IF C < 0 THEN L := T
- ELSE H := T;
- Last := T;
- UNTIL FALSE;
- Result := NIL;
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TNvpList.Node (Index : INTEGER) : TNvpNode;
-BEGIN
- IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
- THEN Result := NIL
- ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TNvpList.Value (Name : STRING) : STRING;
-VAR
- Nvp : TNvpNode;
-BEGIN
- Nvp := TNvpNode (Node (Name));
- IF Nvp <> NIL
- THEN Result := Nvp.Value
- ELSE Result := '';
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TNvpList.Value (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
-BEGIN
- IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
- THEN Result := ''
- ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]).Value;
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TNvpList.Name (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
-BEGIN
- IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
- THEN Result := ''
- ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]).Name;
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TAttrList
-List of Attributes. The "Analyze" method extracts the Attributes from the given Buffer.
-Is used for extraction of Attributes in Start-Tags, Empty-Element Tags and the "pseudo"
-attributes in XML Prologs, Text Declarations and PIs.
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-PROCEDURE TAttrList.Analyze (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
- // Analyze the Buffer for Attribute=Name pairs.
- // Terminates when there is a character which is not IN CNameStart
- // (e.g. '?>' or '>' or '/>')
-TYPE
- TPhase = (phName, phEq, phValue);
-VAR
- Phase : TPhase;
- F : PChar;
- Name : STRING;
- Value : STRING;
- Attr : TAttr;
-BEGIN
- Clear;
- Phase := phName;
- Final := Start;
- REPEAT
- IF (Final^ = #0) OR (Final^ = '>') THEN BREAK;
- IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
- CASE Phase OF
- phName : BEGIN
- IF NOT (Final^ IN CNameStart) THEN EXIT;
- ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['=', '/'], F);
- SetStringSF (Name, Final, F);
- Final := F;
- Phase := phEq;
- END;
- phEq : BEGIN
- IF Final^ = '=' THEN
- Phase := phValue
- END;
- phValue : BEGIN
- IF Final^ IN CQuoteChar THEN BEGIN
- ExtractQuote (Final, Value, F);
- Attr := TAttr.Create;
- Attr.Name := Name;
- Attr.Value := Value;
- Attr.ValueType := vtNormal;
- Add (Attr);
- Final := F;
- Phase := phName;
- END;
- END;
- END;
- INC (Final);
- UNTIL FALSE;
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TElemList
-List of TElemDef nodes.
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-FUNCTION TElemList.Node (Name : STRING) : TElemDef;
- // Binary search for the Node with the given Name
-VAR
- L, H : INTEGER; // Low, High Limit
- T, C : INTEGER; // Test Index, Comparison result
- Last : INTEGER; // Last Test Index
-BEGIN
- IF Count=0 THEN BEGIN
- Result := NIL;
- EXIT;
- END;
-
- L := 0;
- H := Count;
- Last := -1;
- REPEAT
- T := (L+H) DIV 2;
- IF T=Last THEN BREAK;
- Result := TElemDef (Items [T]);
- C := CompareStr (Result.Name, Name);
- IF C = 0 THEN EXIT
- ELSE IF C < 0 THEN L := T
- ELSE H := T;
- Last := T;
- UNTIL FALSE;
- Result := NIL;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TElemList.Add (Node : TElemDef);
-VAR
- I : INTEGER;
-BEGIN
- FOR I := Count-1 DOWNTO 0 DO
- IF Node.Name > TElemDef (Items [I]).Name THEN BEGIN
- Insert (I+1, Node);
- EXIT;
- END;
- Insert (0, Node);
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TScannerXmlParser
-A TXmlParser descendant for the TCustomXmlScanner component
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-TYPE
- TScannerXmlParser = CLASS (TXmlParser)
- Scanner : TCustomXmlScanner;
- CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheScanner : TCustomXmlScanner);
- FUNCTION LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId,
- Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser; OVERRIDE;
- FUNCTION TranslateEncoding (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING; OVERRIDE;
- PROCEDURE DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec); OVERRIDE;
- END;
-
-CONSTRUCTOR TScannerXmlParser.Create (TheScanner : TCustomXmlScanner);
-BEGIN
- INHERITED Create;
- Scanner := TheScanner;
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TScannerXmlParser.LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (Scanner.FOnLoadExternal)
- THEN Scanner.FOnLoadExternal (Scanner, SystemId, PublicId, Notation, Result)
- ELSE Result := INHERITED LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TScannerXmlParser.TranslateEncoding (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (Scanner.FOnTranslateEncoding)
- THEN Result := Scanner.FOnTranslateEncoding (Scanner, CurEncoding, Source)
- ELSE Result := INHERITED TranslateEncoding (Source);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TScannerXmlParser.DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);
-BEGIN
- WITH DtdElementRec DO
- CASE ElementType OF
- deElement : Scanner.WhenElement (ElemDef);
- deAttList : Scanner.WhenAttList (ElemDef);
- deEntity : Scanner.WhenEntity (EntityDef);
- deNotation : Scanner.WhenNotation (NotationDef);
- dePI : Scanner.WhenPI (STRING (Target), STRING (Content), AttrList);
- deComment : Scanner.WhenComment (StrSFPas (Start, Final));
- deError : Scanner.WhenDtdError (Pos);
- END;
-END;
-
-
-(*
-===============================================================================================
-TCustomXmlScanner
-===============================================================================================
-*)
-
-CONSTRUCTOR TCustomXmlScanner.Create (AOwner: TComponent);
-BEGIN
- INHERITED;
- FXmlParser := TScannerXmlParser.Create (Self);
-END;
-
-
-DESTRUCTOR TCustomXmlScanner.Destroy;
-BEGIN
- FXmlParser.Free;
- INHERITED;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.LoadFromFile (Filename : TFilename);
- // Load XML Document from file
-BEGIN
- FXmlParser.LoadFromFile (Filename);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar);
- // Load XML Document from buffer
-BEGIN
- FXmlParser.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar);
- // Refer to Buffer
-BEGIN
- FXmlParser.SetBuffer (Buffer);
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TCustomXmlScanner.GetFilename : TFilename;
-BEGIN
- Result := FXmlParser.Source;
-END;
-
-
-FUNCTION TCustomXmlScanner.GetNormalize : BOOLEAN;
-BEGIN
- Result := FXmlParser.Normalize;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.SetNormalize (Value : BOOLEAN);
-BEGIN
- FXmlParser.Normalize := Value;
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenXmlProlog(XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed the <? xml ?> declaration of the prolog
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnXmlProlog) THEN FOnXmlProlog (Self, XmlVersion, Encoding, Standalone);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenComment (Comment : STRING);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed a <!-- comment -->
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnComment) THEN FOnComment (Self, Comment);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenPI (Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed a <?processing instruction ?>
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnPI) THEN FOnPI (Self, Target, Content, Attributes);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenDtdRead (RootElementName : STRING);
- // Is called when the parser has completely parsed the DTD
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnDtdRead) THEN FOnDtdRead (Self, RootElementName);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenStartTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed a start tag like <p>
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnStartTag) THEN FOnStartTag (Self, TagName, Attributes);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEmptyTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed an Empty Element Tag like <br/>
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnEmptyTag) THEN FOnEmptyTag (Self, TagName, Attributes);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEndTag (TagName : STRING);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed an End Tag like </p>
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnEndTag) THEN FOnEndTag (Self, TagName);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenContent (Content : STRING);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed an element's text content
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnContent) THEN FOnContent (Self, Content);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenCData (Content : STRING);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed a CDATA section
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnCData) THEN FOnCData (Self, Content);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenElement (ElemDef : TElemDef);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ELEMENT> definition
- // inside the DTD
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnElement) THEN FOnElement (Self, ElemDef);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenAttList (ElemDef : TElemDef);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ATTLIST> definition
- // inside the DTD
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnAttList) THEN FOnAttList (Self, ElemDef);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEntity (EntityDef : TEntityDef);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ENTITY> definition
- // inside the DTD
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnEntity) THEN FOnEntity (Self, EntityDef);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenNotation (NotationDef : TNotationDef);
- // Is called when the parser has parsed a <!NOTATION> definition
- // inside the DTD
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnNotation) THEN FOnNotation (Self, NotationDef);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenDtdError (ErrorPos : PChar);
- // Is called when the parser has found an Error in the DTD
-BEGIN
- IF Assigned (FOnDtdError) THEN FOnDtdError (Self, ErrorPos);
-END;
-
-
-PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.Execute;
- // Perform scanning
- // Scanning is done synchronously, i.e. you can expect events to be triggered
- // in the order of the XML data stream. Execute will finish when the whole XML
- // document has been scanned or when the StopParser property has been set to TRUE.
-BEGIN
- FStopParser := FALSE;
- FXmlParser.StartScan;
- WHILE FXmlParser.Scan AND (NOT FStopParser) DO
- CASE FXmlParser.CurPartType OF
- ptNone : ;
- ptXmlProlog : WhenXmlProlog (FXmlParser.XmlVersion, FXmlParser.Encoding, FXmlParser.Standalone);
- ptComment : WhenComment (StrSFPas (FXmlParser.CurStart, FXmlParser.CurFinal));
- ptPI : WhenPI (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurContent, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
- ptDtdc : WhenDtdRead (FXmlParser.RootName);
- ptStartTag : WhenStartTag (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
- ptEmptyTag : WhenEmptyTag (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
- ptEndTag : WhenEndTag (FXmlParser.CurName);
- ptContent : WhenContent (FXmlParser.CurContent);
- ptCData : WhenCData (FXmlParser.CurContent);
- END;
-END;
-
-
-END.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index ad9b24e6..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-unit logger;
-{
- $Id: logger.pas,v 1.2 2006/11/26 16:58:04 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ Error Logging Unit }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominique Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ Logging functions... }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms }
-{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ 2001 - DL : Initial creation }
-{ 25/10/2001 - DRE : Added $M+ directive to allow published }
-{ in classes. Added a compile directive }
-{ around fmShareExclusive as this does not }
-{ exist in Free Pascal }
-{ }
-{******************************************************************************}
-{
- $Log: logger.pas,v $
- Revision 1.2 2006/11/26 16:58:04 savage
- Modifed to create separate log files. Therefore each instance running from the same directory will have their own individual log file, prepended with a number.
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-
-}
-
-{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-{$WEAKPACKAGEUNIT OFF}
-
-interface
-
-uses
- Classes,
- SysUtils;
-
-type
- TLogger = class
- private
- FFileHandle : TextFile;
- FApplicationName : string;
- FApplicationPath : string;
- protected
-
- public
- constructor Create;
- destructor Destroy; override;
- function GetApplicationName: string;
- function GetApplicationPath: string;
- procedure LogError( ErrorMessage : string; Location : string );
- procedure LogWarning( WarningMessage : string; Location : string );
- procedure LogStatus( StatusMessage : string; Location : string );
- published
- property ApplicationName : string read GetApplicationName;
- property ApplicationPath : string read GetApplicationPath;
- end;
-
-var
- Log : TLogger;
-
-implementation
-
-{ TLogger }
-constructor TLogger.Create;
-var
- FileName : string;
- FileNo : integer;
-begin
- FApplicationName := ExtractFileName( ParamStr(0) );
- FApplicationPath := ExtractFilePath( ParamStr(0) );
- FileName := FApplicationPath + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' );
- FileNo := 0;
- while FileExists( FileName ) do
- begin
- inc( FileNo );
- FileName := FApplicationPath + IntToStr( FileNo ) + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' )
- end;
- AssignFile( FFileHandle, FileName );
- ReWrite( FFileHandle );
- (*inherited Create( FApplicationPath + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' ),
- fmCreate {$IFNDEF FPC}or fmShareExclusive{$ENDIF} );*)
-end;
-
-destructor TLogger.Destroy;
-begin
- CloseFile( FFileHandle );
- inherited;
-end;
-
-function TLogger.GetApplicationName: string;
-begin
- result := FApplicationName;
-end;
-
-function TLogger.GetApplicationPath: string;
-begin
- result := FApplicationPath;
-end;
-
-procedure TLogger.LogError(ErrorMessage, Location: string);
-var
- S : string;
-begin
- S := '*** ERROR *** : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + ErrorMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
- WriteLn( FFileHandle, S );
- Flush( FFileHandle );
-end;
-
-procedure TLogger.LogStatus(StatusMessage, Location: string);
-var
- S : string;
-begin
- S := 'STATUS INFO : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + StatusMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
- WriteLn( FFileHandle, S );
- Flush( FFileHandle );
-end;
-
-procedure TLogger.LogWarning(WarningMessage, Location: string);
-var
- S : string;
-begin
- S := '=== WARNING === : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + WarningMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
- WriteLn( FFileHandle, S );
- Flush( FFileHandle );
-end;
-
-initialization
-begin
- Log := TLogger.Create;
- Log.LogStatus( 'Starting Application', 'Initialization' );
-end;
-
-finalization
-begin
- Log.LogStatus( 'Terminating Application', 'Finalization' );
- Log.Free;
- Log := nil;
-end;
-
-end.
- \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index ea4f220c..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,320 +0,0 @@
-unit moduleloader;
-{
- $Id: moduleloader.pas,v 1.4 2004/02/20 17:19:10 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ Project JEDI }
-{ OS independent Dynamic Loading Helpers }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of the this code is }
-{ Robert Marquardt <robert_marquardt@gmx.de) }
-{ }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Robert Marquardt. }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators (Project JEDI) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/NPL-1_1Final.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{******************************************************************}
-{
- $Log: moduleloader.pas,v $
- Revision 1.4 2004/02/20 17:19:10 savage
- Added Calling convention to Win32 functions just in case.
-
- Revision 1.3 2004/02/14 22:36:29 savage
- Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule.
- Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures.
-
- Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 00:23:39 savage
- As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/14 00:04:50 savage
- dllfuncs conflicts with FreePascal so it has been renamed back to the moduleloader.pas
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:19 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-
-}
-
-interface
-
-{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
-{$WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON}
-
-// each OS gets its own IFDEFed complete code block to make reading easier
-
-{$IFDEF WIN32}
-uses
- Windows;
-
-type
- // Handle to a loaded DLL
- TModuleHandle = HINST;
-
-const
- // Value designating an unassigned TModuleHandle od a failed loading
- INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE = TModuleHandle(0);
-
-function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean; stdcall;
-function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall;
-procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle); stdcall;
-function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer; stdcall;
-function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer; stdcall;
-function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall;
-function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall;
-
-implementation
-
-// load the DLL file FileName
-// the rules for FileName are those of LoadLibrary
-// Returns: True = success, False = failure to load
-// Assigns: the handle of the loaded DLL to Module
-// Warning: if Module has any other value than INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE
-// on entry the function will do nothing but returning success.
-
-function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean;
-begin
- if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- Module := LoadLibrary( FileName );
- Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
-end;
-
-// load the DLL file FileName
-// LoadLibraryEx is used to get better control of the loading
-// for the allowed values for flags see LoadLibraryEx documentation.
-
-function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean;
-begin
- if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- Module := LoadLibraryEx( FileName, 0, Flags);
- Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
-end;
-
-// unload a DLL loaded with LoadModule or LoadModuleEx
-// The procedure will not try to unload a handle with
-// value INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE and assigns this value
-// to Module after unload.
-
-procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle);
-begin
- if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- FreeLibrary(Module);
- Module := INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
-end;
-
-// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName
-// if it is exported from the DLL Module
-// nil is returned if the symbol is not available
-
-function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer;
-begin
- Result := nil;
- if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- Result := GetProcAddress(Module, SymbolName );
-end;
-
-// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName
-// if it is exported from the DLL Module
-// nil is returned if the symbol is not available.
-// as an extra the boolean variable Accu is updated
-// by anding in the success of the function.
-// This is very handy for rendering a global result
-// when accessing a long list of symbols.
-
-function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer;
-begin
- Result := nil;
- if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- Result := GetProcAddress(Module, SymbolName );
- Accu := Accu and (Result <> nil);
-end;
-
-// get the value of variables exported from a DLL Module
-// Delphi cannot access variables in a DLL directly, so
-// this function allows to copy the data from the DLL.
-// Beware! You are accessing the DLL memory image directly.
-// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure
-// to read the correct amount of data.
-
-function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
-var
- Sym: Pointer;
-begin
- Result := True;
- Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result);
- if Result then
- Move(Sym^, Buffer, Size);
-end;
-
-// set the value of variables exported from a DLL Module
-// Delphi cannot access variables in a DLL directly, so
-// this function allows to copy the data to the DLL!
-// BEWARE! You are accessing the DLL memory image directly.
-// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure
-// to write the correct amount of data.
-// The changes are not persistent. They get lost when the
-// DLL is unloaded.
-
-function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
-var
- Sym: Pointer;
-begin
- Result := True;
- Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result);
- if Result then
- Move(Buffer, Sym^, Size);
-end;
-
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
-uses
-{$ifdef FPC}
- dl,
- Types,
- Baseunix,
- Unix;
-{$else}
- Types,
- Libc;
-{$endif}
-
-type
- // Handle to a loaded .so
- TModuleHandle = Pointer;
-
-const
- // Value designating an unassigned TModuleHandle od a failed loading
- INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE = TModuleHandle(nil);
-
-function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean;
-function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean;
-procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle);
-function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer;
-function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer;
-function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
-function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
-
-implementation
-
-// load the .so file FileName
-// the rules for FileName are those of dlopen()
-// Returns: True = success, False = failure to load
-// Assigns: the handle of the loaded .so to Module
-// Warning: if Module has any other value than INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE
-// on entry the function will do nothing but returning success.
-
-function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean;
-begin
- if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- Module := dlopen( FileName, RTLD_NOW);
- Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
-end;
-
-// load the .so file FileName
-// dlopen() with flags is used to get better control of the loading
-// for the allowed values for flags see "man dlopen".
-
-function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean;
-begin
- if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- Module := dlopen( FileName, Flags);
- Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
-end;
-
-// unload a .so loaded with LoadModule or LoadModuleEx
-// The procedure will not try to unload a handle with
-// value INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE and assigns this value
-// to Module after unload.
-
-procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle);
-begin
- if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- dlclose(Module);
- Module := INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
-end;
-
-// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName
-// if it is exported from the .so Module
-// nil is returned if the symbol is not available
-
-function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer;
-begin
- Result := nil;
- if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- Result := dlsym(Module, SymbolName );
-end;
-
-// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName
-// if it is exported from the .so Module
-// nil is returned if the symbol is not available.
-// as an extra the boolean variable Accu is updated
-// by anding in the success of the function.
-// This is very handy for rendering a global result
-// when accessing a long list of symbols.
-
-function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer;
-begin
- Result := nil;
- if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
- Result := dlsym(Module, SymbolName );
- Accu := Accu and (Result <> nil);
-end;
-
-// get the value of variables exported from a .so Module
-// Delphi cannot access variables in a .so directly, so
-// this function allows to copy the data from the .so.
-// Beware! You are accessing the .so memory image directly.
-// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure
-// to read the correct amount of data.
-
-function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
-var
- Sym: Pointer;
-begin
- Result := True;
- Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result);
- if Result then
- Move(Sym^, Buffer, Size);
-end;
-
-// set the value of variables exported from a .so Module
-// Delphi cannot access variables in a .so directly, so
-// this function allows to copy the data to the .so!
-// BEWARE! You are accessing the .so memory image directly.
-// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure
-// to write the correct amount of data.
-// The changes are not persistent. They get lost when the
-// .so is unloaded.
-
-function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
-var
- Sym: Pointer;
-begin
- Result := True;
- Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result);
- if Result then
- Move(Buffer, Sym^, Size);
-end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF __MACH__} // Mach definitions go here
-{$ENDIF}
-
-end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a5d55f0..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-unit registryuserpreferences;
-{
- $Id: registryuserpreferences.pas,v 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ Wrapper class for Windows Register and INI Files }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so }
-{ They are available from... }
-{ http://www.libsdl.org . }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ September 23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation }
-{
- $Log: registryuserpreferences.pas,v $
- Revision 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage
- Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
-
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-interface
-
-uses
- {$IFDEF REG}
- Registry,
- {$ELSE}
- IniFiles,
- {$ENDIF}
- Classes,
- userpreferences;
-
-type
- TRegistryUserPreferences = class( TUserPreferences )
- private
-
- protected
- function GetSection( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract;
- function GetIdentifier( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract;
- function GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; override;
- function GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; override;
- procedure SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean ); override;
- function GetDefaultDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; override;
- function GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; override;
- procedure SetDateTime( const Index : Integer; const Value : TDateTime ); override;
- function GetDefaultInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; override;
- function GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; override;
- procedure SetInteger( const Index : Integer; const Value : Integer ); override;
- function GetDefaultFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; override;
- function GetFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; override;
- procedure SetFloat( const Index : Integer; const Value : single ); override;
- function GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string; override;
- function GetString( const Index : Integer ) : string; override;
- procedure SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string ); override;
- public
- Registry : {$IFDEF REG}TRegIniFile{$ELSE}TIniFile{$ENDIF};
- constructor Create( const FileName : string = '' ); reintroduce;
- destructor Destroy; override;
- procedure Update; override;
- end;
-
-implementation
-
-uses
- SysUtils;
-
-{ TRegistryUserPreferences }
-constructor TRegistryUserPreferences.Create( const FileName : string );
-var
- defFileName : string;
-begin
- inherited Create;
-
- if FileName <> '' then
- defFileName := FileName
- else
- defFileName := ChangeFileExt( ParamStr( 0 ), '.ini' );
-
- Registry := {$IFDEF REG}TRegIniFile{$ELSE}TIniFile{$ENDIF}.Create( defFileName );
-end;
-
-destructor TRegistryUserPreferences.Destroy;
-begin
- Update;
- Registry.Free;
- Registry := nil;
- inherited;
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean;
-begin
- Result := Registry.ReadBool( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultBoolean( Index ) );
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ): TDateTime;
-begin
- Result := Registry.ReadDateTime( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultDateTime( Index ){$ENDIF} );
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean;
-begin
- result := false;
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultDateTime( const Index: Integer ) : TDateTime;
-begin
- result := Now;
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultFloat( const Index: Integer ) : single;
-begin
- result := 0.0;
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultInteger(const Index : Integer ) : Integer;
-begin
- result := 0;
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string;
-begin
- result := '';
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetFloat( const Index : Integer ): single;
-begin
- Result := Registry.ReadFloat( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultFloat( Index ){$ENDIF} );
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer;
-begin
- Result := Registry.ReadInteger( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultInteger( Index ) );
-end;
-
-function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetString( const Index : Integer ): string;
-begin
- Result := Registry.ReadString( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultString( Index ) );
-end;
-
-procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean );
-begin
- Registry.WriteBool( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value );
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetDateTime( const Index: Integer; const Value: TDateTime );
-begin
- Registry.WriteDateTime( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ){$ENDIF}, Value );
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetFloat(const Index: Integer; const Value: single);
-begin
- Registry.WriteFloat( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ){$ENDIF}, Value );
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetInteger( const Index, Value : Integer );
-begin
- Registry.WriteInteger( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value );
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string );
-begin
- Registry.WriteString( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value );
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.Update;
-begin
- {$IFDEF REG}
- Registry.CloseKey;
- {$ELSE}
- Registry.UpdateFile;
- {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d7e46af..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4332 +0,0 @@
-unit sdl;
-{
- $Id: sdl.pas,v 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are }
-{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga }
-{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr. }
-{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA) }
-{ }
-{ All Rights Reserved. }
-{ }
-{ The original files are : SDL.h }
-{ SDL_main.h }
-{ SDL_types.h }
-{ SDL_rwops.h }
-{ SDL_timer.h }
-{ SDL_audio.h }
-{ SDL_cdrom.h }
-{ SDL_joystick.h }
-{ SDL_mouse.h }
-{ SDL_keyboard.h }
-{ SDL_events.h }
-{ SDL_video.h }
-{ SDL_byteorder.h }
-{ SDL_version.h }
-{ SDL_active.h }
-{ SDL_thread.h }
-{ SDL_mutex .h }
-{ SDL_getenv.h }
-{ SDL_loadso.h }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominique Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> His Project inspired this conversion }
-{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de> }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so }
-{ They are available from... }
-{ http://www.libsdl.org . }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ May 08 2001 - DL : Added Keyboard State Array ( See demos for how to }
-{ use ) }
-{ PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr; }
-{ TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8; }
-{ As most games will need it. }
-{ }
-{ April 02 2001 - DL : Added SDL_getenv.h definitions and tested version }
-{ 1.2.0 compatability. }
-{ }
-{ March 13 2001 - MT : Added Linux compatibility. }
-{ }
-{ March 10 2001 - MT : Added externalsyms for DEFINES }
-{ Changed the license header }
-{ }
-{ March 09 2001 - MT : Added Kylix Ifdefs/Deleted the uses mmsystem }
-{ }
-{ March 01 2001 - DL : Update conversion of version 1.1.8 }
-{ }
-{ July 22 2001 - DL : Added TUInt8Array and PUIntArray after suggestions }
-{ from Matthias Thoma and Eric Grange. }
-{ }
-{ October 12 2001 - DL : Various changes as suggested by Matthias Thoma and }
-{ David Acklam }
-{ }
-{ October 24 2001 - DL : Added FreePascal support as per suggestions from }
-{ Dean Ellis. }
-{ }
-{ October 27 2001 - DL : Added SDL_BUTTON macro }
-{ }
-{ November 08 2001 - DL : Bug fix as pointed out by Puthoon. }
-{ }
-{ November 29 2001 - DL : Bug fix of SDL_SetGammaRamp as pointed out by Simon}
-{ Rushton. }
-{ }
-{ November 30 2001 - DL : SDL_NOFRAME added as pointed out by Simon Rushton. }
-{ }
-{ December 11 2001 - DL : Added $WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON to facilitate useage in }
-{ Components }
-{ }
-{ January 05 2002 - DL : Added SDL_Swap32 function as suggested by Matthias }
-{ Thoma and also made sure the _getenv from }
-{ MSVCRT.DLL uses the right calling convention }
-{ }
-{ January 25 2002 - DL : Updated conversion of SDL_AddTimer & }
-{ SDL_RemoveTimer as per suggestions from Matthias }
-{ Thoma. }
-{ }
-{ January 27 2002 - DL : Commented out exported function putenv and getenv }
-{ So that developers get used to using SDL_putenv }
-{ SDL_getenv, as they are more portable }
-{ }
-{ March 05 2002 - DL : Added FreeAnNil procedure for Delphi 4 users. }
-{ }
-{ October 23 2002 - DL : Added Delphi 3 Define of Win32. }
-{ If you intend to you Delphi 3... }
-{ ( which is officially unsupported ) make sure you }
-{ remove references to $EXTERNALSYM in this and other}
-{ SDL files. }
-{ }
-{ November 29 2002 - DL : Fixed bug in Declaration of SDL_GetRGBA that was }
-{ pointed out by Todd Lang }
-{ }
-{ April 03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more }
-{ Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included }
-{ for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously }
-{ continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal. }
-{ }
-{ April 08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support }
-{ }
-{ April 24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
-{ better TMT Pascal support and under instruction }
-{ from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
-{ I have added better Gnu Pascal support }
-{ }
-{ April 30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA }
-{ Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support. }
-{ This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set }
-{ include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/* }
-{ }
-{
- $Log: sdl.pas,v $
- Revision 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage
- Added SDL_BUTTON_X1 and SDL_BUTTON_X2 constants for extended mouse buttons. Now makes SDL v1.2.13 compliant.
-
- Revision 1.37 2007/12/20 22:36:56 savage
- Added SKYOS support, thanks to Sebastian-Torsten Tillmann
-
- Revision 1.36 2007/12/05 22:52:04 savage
- Better Mac OS X support for Frameworks.
-
- Revision 1.35 2007/12/02 22:41:13 savage
- Change for Mac OS X to link to SDL Framework
-
- Revision 1.34 2007/08/26 23:50:53 savage
- Jonas supplied another fix.
-
- Revision 1.33 2007/08/26 15:59:46 savage
- Mac OS changes as suggested by Jonas Maebe
-
- Revision 1.32 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage
- Thanks to Dean for his MouseDelta patch.
-
- Revision 1.31 2007/05/29 21:30:48 savage
- Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
-
- Revision 1.30 2007/05/29 19:31:03 savage
- Fix to TSDL_Overlay structure - thanks David Pethes (aka imcold)
-
- Revision 1.29 2007/05/20 20:29:11 savage
- Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
-
- Revision 1.26 2007/02/11 13:38:04 savage
- Added Nintendo DS support - Thanks Dean.
-
- Revision 1.25 2006/12/02 00:12:52 savage
- Updated to latest version
-
- Revision 1.24 2006/05/18 21:10:04 savage
- Added 1.2.10 Changes
-
- Revision 1.23 2005/12/04 23:17:52 drellis
- Added declaration of SInt8 and PSInt8
-
- Revision 1.22 2005/05/24 21:59:03 savage
- Re-arranged uses clause to work on Win32 and Linux, Thanks again Michalis.
-
- Revision 1.21 2005/05/22 18:42:31 savage
- Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again.
-
- Revision 1.20 2005/04/10 11:48:33 savage
- Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
-
- Revision 1.19 2005/01/05 01:47:06 savage
- Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively.
-
- Revision 1.18 2005/01/04 23:14:41 savage
- Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively.
-
- Revision 1.17 2005/01/03 18:40:59 savage
- Updated Version number to reflect latest one
-
- Revision 1.16 2005/01/01 02:02:06 savage
- Updated to v1.2.8
-
- Revision 1.15 2004/12/24 18:57:11 savage
- forgot to apply Michalis Kamburelis' patch to the implementation section. now fixed
-
- Revision 1.14 2004/12/23 23:42:18 savage
- Applied Patches supplied by Michalis Kamburelis ( THANKS! ), for greater FreePascal compatability.
-
- Revision 1.13 2004/09/30 22:31:59 savage
- Updated with slightly different header comments
-
- Revision 1.12 2004/09/12 21:52:58 savage
- Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes.
-
- Revision 1.11 2004/08/14 22:54:30 savage
- Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
-
- Revision 1.10 2004/07/20 23:57:33 savage
- Thanks to Paul Toth for spotting an error in the SDL Audio Convertion structures.
- In TSDL_AudioCVT the filters variable should point to and array of pointers and not what I had there previously.
-
- Revision 1.9 2004/07/03 22:07:22 savage
- Added Bitwise Manipulation Functions for TSDL_VideoInfo struct.
-
- Revision 1.8 2004/05/10 14:10:03 savage
- Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
-
- Revision 1.7 2004/04/13 09:32:08 savage
- Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
-
- Revision 1.6 2004/04/01 20:53:23 savage
- Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
-
- Revision 1.5 2004/02/22 15:32:10 savage
- SDL_GetEnv Fix so it also works on FPC/Linux. Thanks to Rodrigo for pointing this out.
-
- Revision 1.4 2004/02/21 23:24:29 savage
- SDL_GetEnv Fix so that it is not define twice for FPC. Thanks to Rene Hugentobler for pointing out this bug,
-
- Revision 1.3 2004/02/18 22:35:51 savage
- Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability
- Thus...
- Added SDL_GL_STEREO,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES
-
- Add DLL/Shared object functions
- function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
-
- function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
-
- procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
-
- Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem()
- function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
-
- Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types.
-
- Revision 1.2 2004/02/17 21:37:12 savage
- Tidying up of units
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-interface
-
-uses
-{$IFDEF __GPC__}
- system,
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- wintypes,
- {$ELSE}
- {$ENDIF}
- gpc;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
- Types{$IFNDEF NDS},{$ELSE};{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- Windows;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF UNIX}
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- pthreads,
- {$ENDIF}
- baseunix,
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- unix,
- {$ELSE}
- unix;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- unix;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- unix;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- x,
- xlib;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- Libc,
- Xlib;
- {$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF __MACH__}
- GPCMacOSAll;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$ifndef FPC}
-type
- PtrInt = LongInt;
- PtrUInt = LongWord;
-{$endif}
-
-const
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- SDLLibName = 'SDL.dll';
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF UNIX}
-{$IFDEF DARWIN}
- SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.0.dylib';
- {$linklib libSDL-1.2.0}
- {$linklib gcc}
- {$linklib SDLmain}
- {$linkframework Cocoa}
- {$PASCALMAINNAME SDL_main}
-{$ELSE}
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- SDLLibName = 'libSDL.so';
- {$ELSE}
- SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.so.0';
- {$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF MACOS}
- SDLLibName = 'SDL';
- {$linklib libSDL}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF NDS}
- SDLLibName = 'libSDL.a';
- {$linklib libSDL.a}
- {$linklib libnds9.a}
- {$linklib libc.a}
- {$linklib libgcc.a}
- {$linklib libsysbase.a}
-{$ENDIF}
-
- // SDL_verion.h constants
- // Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
- SDL_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAJOR_VERSION}
- SDL_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MINOR_VERSION}
- SDL_PATCHLEVEL = 13;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PATCHLEVEL}
-
- // SDL.h constants
- SDL_INIT_TIMER = $00000001;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_TIMER}
- SDL_INIT_AUDIO = $00000010;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_AUDIO}
- SDL_INIT_VIDEO = $00000020;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_VIDEO}
- SDL_INIT_CDROM = $00000100;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_CDROM}
- SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK = $00000200;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK}
- SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE = $00100000; // Don't catch fatal signals
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE}
- SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD = $01000000; // Not supported on all OS's
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD}
- SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING = $0000FFFF;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING}
-
- // SDL_error.h constants
- ERR_MAX_STRLEN = 128;
-{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_STRLEN}
- ERR_MAX_ARGS = 5;
-{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_ARGS}
-
- // SDL_types.h constants
- SDL_PRESSED = $01;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PRESSED}
- SDL_RELEASED = $00;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RELEASED}
-
- // SDL_timer.h constants
- // This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds
- SDL_TIMESLICE = 10;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TIMESLICE}
- // This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms
- TIMER_RESOLUTION = 10; // Experimentally determined
-{$EXTERNALSYM TIMER_RESOLUTION}
-
- // SDL_audio.h constants
- AUDIO_U8 = $0008; // Unsigned 8-bit samples
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U8}
- AUDIO_S8 = $8008; // Signed 8-bit samples
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S8}
- AUDIO_U16LSB = $0010; // Unsigned 16-bit samples
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16LSB}
- AUDIO_S16LSB = $8010; // Signed 16-bit samples
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16LSB}
- AUDIO_U16MSB = $1010; // As above, but big-endian byte order
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16MSB}
- AUDIO_S16MSB = $9010; // As above, but big-endian byte order
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16MSB}
- AUDIO_U16 = AUDIO_U16LSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16}
- AUDIO_S16 = AUDIO_S16LSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16}
-
-
- // SDL_cdrom.h constants
- // The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk
- SDL_MAX_TRACKS = 99;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAX_TRACKS}
- // The types of CD-ROM track possible
- SDL_AUDIO_TRACK = $00;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AUDIO_TRACK}
- SDL_DATA_TRACK = $04;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DATA_TRACK}
-
- // Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa
- CD_FPS = 75;
-{$EXTERNALSYM CD_FPS}
- // SDL_byteorder.h constants
- // The two types of endianness
- SDL_LIL_ENDIAN = 1234;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LIL_ENDIAN}
- SDL_BIG_ENDIAN = 4321;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BIG_ENDIAN}
-
-{$IFDEF IA32}
-
- SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_LIL_ENDIAN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER}
- // Native audio byte ordering
- AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16LSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS}
- AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16LSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS}
-
-{$ELSE}
-
- SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER}
- // Native audio byte ordering
- AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16MSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS}
- AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16MSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS}
-
-{$ENDIF}
-
-
- SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME = 128;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME}
-
- // SDL_joystick.h constants
- MAX_JOYSTICKS = 2; // only 2 are supported in the multimedia API
-{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_JOYSTICKS}
- MAX_AXES = 6; // each joystick can have up to 6 axes
-{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_AXES}
- MAX_BUTTONS = 32; // and 32 buttons
-{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_BUTTONS}
- AXIS_MIN = -32768; // minimum value for axis coordinate
-{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MIN}
- AXIS_MAX = 32767; // maximum value for axis coordinate
-{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MAX}
- JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD = (((AXIS_MAX) - (AXIS_MIN)) / 100); // 1% motion
-{$EXTERNALSYM JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD}
- //JOY_BUTTON_FLAG(n) (1<<n)
- // array to hold joystick ID values
- //static UInt SYS_JoystickID[MAX_JOYSTICKS];
- //static JOYCAPS SYS_Joystick[MAX_JOYSTICKS];
-
- { Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick
- The return value is one of the following positions: }
- SDL_HAT_CENTERED = $00;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_CENTERED}
- SDL_HAT_UP = $01;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_UP}
- SDL_HAT_RIGHT = $02;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHT}
- SDL_HAT_DOWN = $04;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_DOWN}
- SDL_HAT_LEFT = $08;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFT}
- SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_UP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP}
- SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_DOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN}
- SDL_HAT_LEFTUP = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_UP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTUP}
- SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_DOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN}
-
- // SDL_events.h constants
- SDL_NOEVENT = 0; // Unused (do not remove)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOEVENT}
- SDL_ACTIVEEVENT = 1; // Application loses/gains visibility
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENT}
- SDL_KEYDOWN = 2; // Keys pressed
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWN}
- SDL_KEYUP = 3; // Keys released
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUP}
- SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 4; // Mouse moved
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTION}
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN = 5; // Mouse button pressed
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN}
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP = 6; // Mouse button released
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP}
- SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 7; // Joystick axis motion
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTION}
- SDL_JOYBALLMOTION = 8; // Joystick trackball motion
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTION}
- SDL_JOYHATMOTION = 9; // Joystick hat position change
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTION}
- SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN = 10; // Joystick button pressed
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN}
- SDL_JOYBUTTONUP = 11; // Joystick button released
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUP}
- SDL_QUITEV = 12; // User-requested quit ( Changed due to procedure conflict )
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUIT}
- SDL_SYSWMEVENT = 13; // System specific event
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENT}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA = 14; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED = 15; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED}
- SDL_VIDEORESIZE = 16; // User resized video mode
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZE}
- SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE = 17; // Screen needs to be redrawn
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2 = 18; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3 = 19; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4 = 20; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5 = 21; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6 = 22; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7 = 23; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7}
- // Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use
- SDL_USEREVENT = 24;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_USEREVENT}
- // This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
- // It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- UInt32
- SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NUMEVENTS}
-
- SDL_ALLEVENTS = $FFFFFFFF;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALLEVENTS}
-
- SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_ACTIVEEVENT;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK}
- SDL_KEYDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYDOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWNMASK}
- SDL_KEYUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUPMASK}
- SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK}
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK}
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK}
- SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION or
- 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or
- 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK}
- SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK}
- SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK}
- SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK}
- SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK}
- SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK}
- SDL_JOYEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION or
- 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION or
- 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION or
- 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or
- 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYEVENTMASK}
- SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK = 1 shl SDL_VIDEORESIZE;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK}
- SDL_QUITMASK = 1 shl SDL_QUITEV;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUITMASK}
- SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_SYSWMEVENT;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK}
-
- { This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
- from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
- current processing state of the specified event. }
-
- SDL_QUERY = -1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUERY}
- SDL_IGNORE = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IGNORE}
- SDL_DISABLE = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DISABLE}
- SDL_ENABLE = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ENABLE}
-
- //SDL_keyboard.h constants
- // This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings
- SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS = $FFFFFFFF;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS}
-
-{ Enable/Disable keyboard repeat. Keyboard repeat defaults to off.
- 'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is
- pressed, and keyboard repeat begins.
- 'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events. }
-
- SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY = 500;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY}
- SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL = 30;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL}
-
- // The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII
- SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNKNOWN}
- SDLK_FIRST = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_FIRST}
- SDLK_BACKSPACE = 8;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSPACE}
- SDLK_TAB = 9;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_TAB}
- SDLK_CLEAR = 12;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CLEAR}
- SDLK_RETURN = 13;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RETURN}
- SDLK_PAUSE = 19;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAUSE}
- SDLK_ESCAPE = 27;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ESCAPE}
- SDLK_SPACE = 32;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SPACE}
- SDLK_EXCLAIM = 33;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EXCLAIM}
- SDLK_QUOTEDBL = 34;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTEDBL}
- SDLK_HASH = 35;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HASH}
- SDLK_DOLLAR = 36;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOLLAR}
- SDLK_AMPERSAND = 38;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AMPERSAND}
- SDLK_QUOTE = 39;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTE}
- SDLK_LEFTPAREN = 40;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTPAREN}
- SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = 41;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTPAREN}
- SDLK_ASTERISK = 42;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ASTERISK}
- SDLK_PLUS = 43;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PLUS}
- SDLK_COMMA = 44;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMMA}
- SDLK_MINUS = 45;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MINUS}
- SDLK_PERIOD = 46;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PERIOD}
- SDLK_SLASH = 47;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SLASH}
- SDLK_0 = 48;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_0}
- SDLK_1 = 49;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_1}
- SDLK_2 = 50;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_2}
- SDLK_3 = 51;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_3}
- SDLK_4 = 52;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_4}
- SDLK_5 = 53;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_5}
- SDLK_6 = 54;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_6}
- SDLK_7 = 55;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_7}
- SDLK_8 = 56;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_8}
- SDLK_9 = 57;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_9}
- SDLK_COLON = 58;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COLON}
- SDLK_SEMICOLON = 59;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SEMICOLON}
- SDLK_LESS = 60;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LESS}
- SDLK_EQUALS = 61;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EQUALS}
- SDLK_GREATER = 62;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GREATER}
- SDLK_QUESTION = 63;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUESTION}
- SDLK_AT = 64;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AT}
-
- { Skip uppercase letters }
-
- SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = 91;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTBRACKET}
- SDLK_BACKSLASH = 92;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSLASH}
- SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = 93;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET}
- SDLK_CARET = 94;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CARET}
- SDLK_UNDERSCORE = 95;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNDERSCORE}
- SDLK_BACKQUOTE = 96;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKQUOTE}
- SDLK_a = 97;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_a}
- SDLK_b = 98;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_b}
- SDLK_c = 99;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_c}
- SDLK_d = 100;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_d}
- SDLK_e = 101;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_e}
- SDLK_f = 102;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_f}
- SDLK_g = 103;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_g}
- SDLK_h = 104;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_h}
- SDLK_i = 105;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_i}
- SDLK_j = 106;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_j}
- SDLK_k = 107;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_k}
- SDLK_l = 108;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_l}
- SDLK_m = 109;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_m}
- SDLK_n = 110;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_n}
- SDLK_o = 111;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_o}
- SDLK_p = 112;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_p}
- SDLK_q = 113;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_q}
- SDLK_r = 114;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_r}
- SDLK_s = 115;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_s}
- SDLK_t = 116;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_t}
- SDLK_u = 117;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_u}
- SDLK_v = 118;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_v}
- SDLK_w = 119;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_w}
- SDLK_x = 120;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_x}
- SDLK_y = 121;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_y}
- SDLK_z = 122;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_z}
- SDLK_DELETE = 127;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DELETE}
- // End of ASCII mapped keysyms
-
- // International keyboard syms
- SDLK_WORLD_0 = 160; // 0xA0
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_0}
- SDLK_WORLD_1 = 161;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_1}
- SDLK_WORLD_2 = 162;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_2}
- SDLK_WORLD_3 = 163;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_3}
- SDLK_WORLD_4 = 164;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_4}
- SDLK_WORLD_5 = 165;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_5}
- SDLK_WORLD_6 = 166;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_6}
- SDLK_WORLD_7 = 167;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_7}
- SDLK_WORLD_8 = 168;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_8}
- SDLK_WORLD_9 = 169;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_9}
- SDLK_WORLD_10 = 170;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_10}
- SDLK_WORLD_11 = 171;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_11}
- SDLK_WORLD_12 = 172;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_12}
- SDLK_WORLD_13 = 173;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_13}
- SDLK_WORLD_14 = 174;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_14}
- SDLK_WORLD_15 = 175;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_15}
- SDLK_WORLD_16 = 176;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_16}
- SDLK_WORLD_17 = 177;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_17}
- SDLK_WORLD_18 = 178;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_18}
- SDLK_WORLD_19 = 179;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_19}
- SDLK_WORLD_20 = 180;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_20}
- SDLK_WORLD_21 = 181;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_21}
- SDLK_WORLD_22 = 182;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_22}
- SDLK_WORLD_23 = 183;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_23}
- SDLK_WORLD_24 = 184;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_24}
- SDLK_WORLD_25 = 185;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_25}
- SDLK_WORLD_26 = 186;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_26}
- SDLK_WORLD_27 = 187;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_27}
- SDLK_WORLD_28 = 188;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_28}
- SDLK_WORLD_29 = 189;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_29}
- SDLK_WORLD_30 = 190;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_30}
- SDLK_WORLD_31 = 191;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_31}
- SDLK_WORLD_32 = 192;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_32}
- SDLK_WORLD_33 = 193;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_33}
- SDLK_WORLD_34 = 194;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_34}
- SDLK_WORLD_35 = 195;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_35}
- SDLK_WORLD_36 = 196;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_36}
- SDLK_WORLD_37 = 197;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_37}
- SDLK_WORLD_38 = 198;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_38}
- SDLK_WORLD_39 = 199;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_39}
- SDLK_WORLD_40 = 200;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_40}
- SDLK_WORLD_41 = 201;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_41}
- SDLK_WORLD_42 = 202;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_42}
- SDLK_WORLD_43 = 203;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_43}
- SDLK_WORLD_44 = 204;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_44}
- SDLK_WORLD_45 = 205;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_45}
- SDLK_WORLD_46 = 206;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_46}
- SDLK_WORLD_47 = 207;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_47}
- SDLK_WORLD_48 = 208;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_48}
- SDLK_WORLD_49 = 209;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_49}
- SDLK_WORLD_50 = 210;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_50}
- SDLK_WORLD_51 = 211;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_51}
- SDLK_WORLD_52 = 212;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_52}
- SDLK_WORLD_53 = 213;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_53}
- SDLK_WORLD_54 = 214;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_54}
- SDLK_WORLD_55 = 215;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_55}
- SDLK_WORLD_56 = 216;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_56}
- SDLK_WORLD_57 = 217;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_57}
- SDLK_WORLD_58 = 218;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_58}
- SDLK_WORLD_59 = 219;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_59}
- SDLK_WORLD_60 = 220;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_60}
- SDLK_WORLD_61 = 221;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_61}
- SDLK_WORLD_62 = 222;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_62}
- SDLK_WORLD_63 = 223;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_63}
- SDLK_WORLD_64 = 224;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_64}
- SDLK_WORLD_65 = 225;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_65}
- SDLK_WORLD_66 = 226;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_66}
- SDLK_WORLD_67 = 227;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_67}
- SDLK_WORLD_68 = 228;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_68}
- SDLK_WORLD_69 = 229;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_69}
- SDLK_WORLD_70 = 230;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_70}
- SDLK_WORLD_71 = 231;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_71}
- SDLK_WORLD_72 = 232;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_72}
- SDLK_WORLD_73 = 233;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_73}
- SDLK_WORLD_74 = 234;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_74}
- SDLK_WORLD_75 = 235;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_75}
- SDLK_WORLD_76 = 236;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_76}
- SDLK_WORLD_77 = 237;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_77}
- SDLK_WORLD_78 = 238;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_78}
- SDLK_WORLD_79 = 239;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_79}
- SDLK_WORLD_80 = 240;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_80}
- SDLK_WORLD_81 = 241;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_81}
- SDLK_WORLD_82 = 242;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_82}
- SDLK_WORLD_83 = 243;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_83}
- SDLK_WORLD_84 = 244;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_84}
- SDLK_WORLD_85 = 245;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_85}
- SDLK_WORLD_86 = 246;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_86}
- SDLK_WORLD_87 = 247;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_87}
- SDLK_WORLD_88 = 248;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_88}
- SDLK_WORLD_89 = 249;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_89}
- SDLK_WORLD_90 = 250;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_90}
- SDLK_WORLD_91 = 251;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_91}
- SDLK_WORLD_92 = 252;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_92}
- SDLK_WORLD_93 = 253;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_93}
- SDLK_WORLD_94 = 254;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_94}
- SDLK_WORLD_95 = 255; // 0xFF
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_95}
-
- // Numeric keypad
- SDLK_KP0 = 256;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP0}
- SDLK_KP1 = 257;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP1}
- SDLK_KP2 = 258;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP2}
- SDLK_KP3 = 259;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP3}
- SDLK_KP4 = 260;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP4}
- SDLK_KP5 = 261;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP5}
- SDLK_KP6 = 262;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP6}
- SDLK_KP7 = 263;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP7}
- SDLK_KP8 = 264;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP8}
- SDLK_KP9 = 265;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP9}
- SDLK_KP_PERIOD = 266;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PERIOD}
- SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = 267;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_DIVIDE}
- SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = 268;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY}
- SDLK_KP_MINUS = 269;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MINUS}
- SDLK_KP_PLUS = 270;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PLUS}
- SDLK_KP_ENTER = 271;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_ENTER}
- SDLK_KP_EQUALS = 272;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_EQUALS}
-
- // Arrows + Home/End pad
- SDLK_UP = 273;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UP}
- SDLK_DOWN = 274;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOWN}
- SDLK_RIGHT = 275;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHT}
- SDLK_LEFT = 276;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFT}
- SDLK_INSERT = 277;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_INSERT}
- SDLK_HOME = 278;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HOME}
- SDLK_END = 279;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_END}
- SDLK_PAGEUP = 280;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEUP}
- SDLK_PAGEDOWN = 281;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEDOWN}
-
- // Function keys
- SDLK_F1 = 282;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F1}
- SDLK_F2 = 283;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F2}
- SDLK_F3 = 284;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F3}
- SDLK_F4 = 285;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F4}
- SDLK_F5 = 286;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F5}
- SDLK_F6 = 287;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F6}
- SDLK_F7 = 288;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F7}
- SDLK_F8 = 289;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F8}
- SDLK_F9 = 290;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F9}
- SDLK_F10 = 291;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F10}
- SDLK_F11 = 292;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F11}
- SDLK_F12 = 293;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F12}
- SDLK_F13 = 294;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F13}
- SDLK_F14 = 295;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F14}
- SDLK_F15 = 296;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F15}
-
- // Key state modifier keys
- SDLK_NUMLOCK = 300;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_NUMLOCK}
- SDLK_CAPSLOCK = 301;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CAPSLOCK}
- SDLK_SCROLLOCK = 302;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SCROLLOCK}
- SDLK_RSHIFT = 303;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSHIFT}
- SDLK_LSHIFT = 304;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSHIFT}
- SDLK_RCTRL = 305;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RCTRL}
- SDLK_LCTRL = 306;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LCTRL}
- SDLK_RALT = 307;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RALT}
- SDLK_LALT = 308;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LALT}
- SDLK_RMETA = 309;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RMETA}
- SDLK_LMETA = 310;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LMETA}
- SDLK_LSUPER = 311; // Left "Windows" key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSUPER}
- SDLK_RSUPER = 312; // Right "Windows" key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSUPER}
- SDLK_MODE = 313; // "Alt Gr" key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MODE}
- SDLK_COMPOSE = 314; // Multi-key compose key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMPOSE}
-
- // Miscellaneous function keys
- SDLK_HELP = 315;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HELP}
- SDLK_PRINT = 316;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PRINT}
- SDLK_SYSREQ = 317;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SYSREQ}
- SDLK_BREAK = 318;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BREAK}
- SDLK_MENU = 319;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MENU}
- SDLK_POWER = 320; // Power Macintosh power key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_POWER}
- SDLK_EURO = 321; // Some european keyboards
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EURO}
-
-{$IFDEF GP2X}
-SDLK_GP2X_UP = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UP}
-SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT}
-SDLK_GP2X_LEFT = 2;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_LEFT}
-SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT = 3;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT}
-SDLK_GP2X_DOWN = 4;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWN}
-SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT = 5;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT}
-SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT = 6;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT}
-SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT = 7;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT}
-SDLK_GP2X_START = 8;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_START}
-SDLK_GP2X_SELECT = 9;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_SELECT}
-SDLK_GP2X_L = 10;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_L}
-SDLK_GP2X_R = 11;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_R}
-SDLK_GP2X_A = 12;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_A}
-SDLK_GP2X_B = 13;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_B}
-SDLK_GP2X_Y = 14;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_Y}
-SDLK_GP2X_X = 15;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_X}
-SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP = 16;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP}
-SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN = 17;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN}
-SDLK_GP2X_CLICK = 18;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_CLICK}
-{$ENDIF}
-
- // Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together)
- KMOD_NONE = $0000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NONE}
- KMOD_LSHIFT = $0001;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LSHIFT}
- KMOD_RSHIFT = $0002;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RSHIFT}
- KMOD_LCTRL = $0040;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LCTRL}
- KMOD_RCTRL = $0080;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RCTRL}
- KMOD_LALT = $0100;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LALT}
- KMOD_RALT = $0200;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RALT}
- KMOD_LMETA = $0400;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LMETA}
- KMOD_RMETA = $0800;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RMETA}
- KMOD_NUM = $1000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NUM}
- KMOD_CAPS = $2000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CAPS}
- KMOD_MODE = 44000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_MODE}
- KMOD_RESERVED = $8000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RESERVED}
-
- KMOD_CTRL = (KMOD_LCTRL or KMOD_RCTRL);
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CTRL}
- KMOD_SHIFT = (KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_RSHIFT);
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_SHIFT}
- KMOD_ALT = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_RALT);
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_ALT}
- KMOD_META = (KMOD_LMETA or KMOD_RMETA);
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_META}
-
- //SDL_video.h constants
- // Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */
- SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 255;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE}
- SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT}
-
- // These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface
- // Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode()
- SDL_SWSURFACE = $00000000; // Surface is in system memory
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SWSURFACE}
- SDL_HWSURFACE = $00000001; // Surface is in video memory
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWSURFACE}
- SDL_ASYNCBLIT = $00000004; // Use asynchronous blits if possible
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ASYNCBLIT}
- // Available for SDL_SetVideoMode()
- SDL_ANYFORMAT = $10000000; // Allow any video depth/pixel-format
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ANYFORMAT}
- SDL_HWPALETTE = $20000000; // Surface has exclusive palette
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWPALETTE}
- SDL_DOUBLEBUF = $40000000; // Set up double-buffered video mode
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DOUBLEBUF}
- SDL_FULLSCREEN = $80000000; // Surface is a full screen display
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FULLSCREEN}
- SDL_OPENGL = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGL}
- SDL_OPENGLBLIT = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGLBLIT}
- SDL_RESIZABLE = $00000010; // This video mode may be resized
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RESIZABLE}
- SDL_NOFRAME = $00000020; // No window caption or edge frame
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOFRAME}
- // Used internally (read-only)
- SDL_HWACCEL = $00000100; // Blit uses hardware acceleration
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWACCEL}
- SDL_SRCCOLORKEY = $00001000; // Blit uses a source color key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCOLORKEY}
- SDL_RLEACCELOK = $00002000; // Private flag
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCELOK}
- SDL_RLEACCEL = $00004000; // Colorkey blit is RLE accelerated
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCEL}
- SDL_SRCALPHA = $00010000; // Blit uses source alpha blending
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCALPHA}
- SDL_SRCCLIPPING = $00100000; // Blit uses source clipping
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCLIPPING}
- SDL_PREALLOC = $01000000; // Surface uses preallocated memory
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PREALLOC}
-
- { The most common video overlay formats.
- For an explanation of these pixel formats, see:
- http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm
-
- For information on the relationship between color spaces, see:
- http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html }
-
- SDL_YV12_OVERLAY = $32315659; // Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YV12_OVERLAY}
- SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY = $56555949; // Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY}
- SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY = $32595559; // Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY}
- SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY = $59565955; // Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY}
- SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY = $55595659; // Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY}
-
- // flags for SDL_SetPalette()
- SDL_LOGPAL = $01;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LOGPAL}
- SDL_PHYSPAL = $02;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PHYSPAL}
-
- //SDL_mouse.h constants
- { Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate
- Button 1: Left mouse button
- Button 2: Middle mouse button
- Button 3: Right mouse button
- Button 4: Mouse Wheel Up (may also be a real button)
- Button 5: Mouse Wheel Down (may also be a real button)
- Button 6: Mouse X1 (may also be a real button)
- Button 7: Mouse X2 (may also be a real button)
- }
- SDL_BUTTON_LEFT = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LEFT}
- SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE = 2;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE}
- SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT = 3;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT}
- SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP = 4;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP}
- SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN = 5;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN}
- SDL_BUTTON_X1 = 6;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1}
- SDL_BUTTON_X2 = 7;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2}
-
- SDL_BUTTON_LMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_LEFT - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LMASK}
- SDL_BUTTON_MMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MMASK}
- SDL_BUTTON_RMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RMASK}
- SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X1 - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK}
- SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X2 - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK}
-
- // SDL_active.h constants
- // The available application states
- SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS = $01; // The app has mouse coverage
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS}
- SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS = $02; // The app has input focus
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS}
- SDL_APPACTIVE = $04; // The application is active
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPACTIVE}
-
- // SDL_mutex.h constants
- // Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
- // they time out.
-
- SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT}
-
- // This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out
- SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT = not Cardinal(0);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT}
-
- {TSDL_GrabMode = (
- SDL_GRAB_QUERY,
- SDL_GRAB_OFF,
- SDL_GRAB_ON,
- SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN ); // Used internally}
- SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1;
- SDL_GRAB_OFF = 0;
- SDL_GRAB_ON = 1;
- //SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN // Used internally
-
-type
- THandle = Cardinal;
- //SDL_types.h types
- // Basic data types
-
- SDL_Bool = (SDL_FALSE, SDL_TRUE);
- TSDL_Bool = SDL_Bool;
-
- PUInt8Array = ^TUInt8Array;
- PUInt8 = ^UInt8;
- PPUInt8 = ^PUInt8;
- UInt8 = Byte;
-{$EXTERNALSYM UInt8}
- TUInt8Array = array [0..MAXINT shr 1] of UInt8;
-
- PUInt16 = ^UInt16;
- UInt16 = word;
-{$EXTERNALSYM UInt16}
-
- PSInt8 = ^SInt8;
- SInt8 = Shortint;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SInt8}
-
- PSInt16 = ^SInt16;
- SInt16 = smallint;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SInt16}
-
- PUInt32 = ^UInt32;
- UInt32 = Cardinal;
-{$EXTERNALSYM UInt32}
-
- SInt32 = Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SInt32}
-
- PInt = ^Integer;
-
- PShortInt = ^ShortInt;
-
- PUInt64 = ^UInt64;
- UInt64 = record
- hi: UInt32;
- lo: UInt32;
- end;
-{$EXTERNALSYM UInt64}
-
- PSInt64 = ^SInt64;
- SInt64 = record
- hi: UInt32;
- lo: UInt32;
- end;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SInt64}
-
- TSDL_GrabMode = Integer;
-
- // SDL_error.h types
- TSDL_errorcode = (
- SDL_ENOMEM,
- SDL_EFREAD,
- SDL_EFWRITE,
- SDL_EFSEEK,
- SDL_LASTERROR);
-
- SDL_errorcode = TSDL_errorcode;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_errorcode}
-
- TArg = record
- case Byte of
- 0: (value_ptr: Pointer);
- (* #if 0 means: never
- 1 : ( value_c : Byte );
- *)
- 2: (value_i: Integer);
- 3: (value_f: double);
- 4: (buf: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte);
- end;
-
- PSDL_error = ^TSDL_error;
- TSDL_error = record
- { This is a numeric value corresponding to the current error }
- error: Integer;
-
- { This is a key used to index into a language hashtable containing
- internationalized versions of the SDL error messages. If the key
- is not in the hashtable, or no hashtable is available, the key is
- used directly as an error message format string. }
- key: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte;
-
- { These are the arguments for the error functions }
- argc: Integer;
- args: array[0..ERR_MAX_ARGS - 1] of TArg;
- end;
-
- // SDL_rwops.h types
- // This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic
- // some helper types to handle the unions
- // "packed" is only guessed
-
- TStdio = record
- autoclose: Integer;
- // FILE * is only defined in Kylix so we use a simple Pointer
- fp: Pointer;
- end;
-
- TMem = record
- base: PUInt8;
- here: PUInt8;
- stop: PUInt8;
- end;
-
- TUnknown = record
- data1: Pointer;
- end;
-
- // first declare the pointer type
- PSDL_RWops = ^TSDL_RWops;
- // now the pointer to function types
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
- TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
- TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
- TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer;
- TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer;
- TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer;
- TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer;
- {$ENDIF}
- // the variant record itself
- TSDL_RWops = record
- seek: TSeek;
- read: TRead;
- write: TWrite;
- close: TClose;
- // a keyword as name is not allowed
- type_: UInt32;
- // be warned! structure alignment may arise at this point
- case Integer of
- 0: (stdio: TStdio);
- 1: (mem: TMem);
- 2: (unknown: TUnknown);
- end;
-
- SDL_RWops = TSDL_RWops;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWops}
-
-
- // SDL_timer.h types
- // Function prototype for the timer callback function
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- { New timer API, supports multiple timers
- Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com> }
-
- { Function prototype for the new timer callback function.
- The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
- the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one
- passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
- scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled. }
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- // Definition of the timer ID type
- PSDL_TimerID = ^TSDL_TimerID;
- TSDL_TimerID = record
- interval: UInt32;
- callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback;
- param: Pointer;
- last_alarm: UInt32;
- next: PSDL_TimerID;
- end;
-
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer ); cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer );
- {$ENDIF}
-
- // SDL_audio.h types
- // The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio()
- PSDL_AudioSpec = ^TSDL_AudioSpec;
- TSDL_AudioSpec = record
- freq: Integer; // DSP frequency -- samples per second
- format: UInt16; // Audio data format
- channels: UInt8; // Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo
- silence: UInt8; // Audio buffer silence value (calculated)
- samples: UInt16; // Audio buffer size in samples
- padding: UInt16; // Necessary for some compile environments
- size: UInt32; // Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated)
- { This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
- 'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer
- 'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes.
- Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
- Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.}
- callback: TSDL_AudioSpecCallback;
- userdata: Pointer;
- end;
-
- // A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers
- PSDL_AudioCVT = ^TSDL_AudioCVT;
-
- PSDL_AudioCVTFilter = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilter;
- TSDL_AudioCVTFilter = record
- cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT;
- format: UInt16;
- end;
-
- PSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray;
- TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = array[0..9] of PSDL_AudioCVTFilter;
-
- TSDL_AudioCVT = record
- needed: Integer; // Set to 1 if conversion possible
- src_format: UInt16; // Source audio format
- dst_format: UInt16; // Target audio format
- rate_incr: double; // Rate conversion increment
- buf: PUInt8; // Buffer to hold entire audio data
- len: Integer; // Length of original audio buffer
- len_cvt: Integer; // Length of converted audio buffer
- len_mult: Integer; // buffer must be len*len_mult big
- len_ratio: double; // Given len, final size is len*len_ratio
- filters: TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray;
- filter_index: Integer; // Current audio conversion function
- end;
-
- TSDL_Audiostatus = (
- SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED,
- SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
- SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
- );
-
- // SDL_cdrom.h types
- TSDL_CDStatus = (
- CD_ERROR,
- CD_TRAYEMPTY,
- CD_STOPPED,
- CD_PLAYING,
- CD_PAUSED );
-
- PSDL_CDTrack = ^TSDL_CDTrack;
- TSDL_CDTrack = record
- id: UInt8; // Track number
- type_: UInt8; // Data or audio track
- unused: UInt16;
- length: UInt32; // Length, in frames, of this track
- offset: UInt32; // Offset, in frames, from start of disk
- end;
-
- // This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus()
- PSDL_CD = ^TSDL_CD;
- TSDL_CD = record
- id: Integer; // Private drive identifier
- status: TSDL_CDStatus; // Current drive status
-
- // The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive
- numtracks: Integer; // Number of tracks on disk
- cur_track: Integer; // Current track position
- cur_frame: Integer; // Current frame offset within current track
- track: array[0..SDL_MAX_TRACKS] of TSDL_CDTrack;
- end;
-
- //SDL_joystick.h types
- PTransAxis = ^TTransAxis;
- TTransAxis = record
- offset: Integer;
- scale: single;
- end;
-
- // The private structure used to keep track of a joystick
- PJoystick_hwdata = ^TJoystick_hwdata;
- TJoystick_hwdata = record
- // joystick ID
- id: Integer;
- // values used to translate device-specific coordinates into SDL-standard ranges
- transaxis: array[0..5] of TTransAxis;
- end;
-
- PBallDelta = ^TBallDelta;
- TBallDelta = record
- dx: Integer;
- dy: Integer;
- end; // Current ball motion deltas
-
- // The SDL joystick structure
- PSDL_Joystick = ^TSDL_Joystick;
- TSDL_Joystick = record
- index: UInt8; // Device index
- name: PChar; // Joystick name - system dependent
-
- naxes: Integer; // Number of axis controls on the joystick
- axes: PUInt16; // Current axis states
-
- nhats: Integer; // Number of hats on the joystick
- hats: PUInt8; // Current hat states
-
- nballs: Integer; // Number of trackballs on the joystick
- balls: PBallDelta; // Current ball motion deltas
-
- nbuttons: Integer; // Number of buttons on the joystick
- buttons: PUInt8; // Current button states
-
- hwdata: PJoystick_hwdata; // Driver dependent information
-
- ref_count: Integer; // Reference count for multiple opens
- end;
-
- // SDL_verion.h types
- PSDL_version = ^TSDL_version;
- TSDL_version = record
- major: UInt8;
- minor: UInt8;
- patch: UInt8;
- end;
-
- // SDL_keyboard.h types
- TSDLKey = LongWord;
-
- TSDLMod = LongWord;
-
- PSDL_KeySym = ^TSDL_KeySym;
- TSDL_KeySym = record
- scancode: UInt8; // hardware specific scancode
- sym: TSDLKey; // SDL virtual keysym
- modifier: TSDLMod; // current key modifiers
- unicode: UInt16; // translated character
- end;
-
- // SDL_events.h types
- {Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
- If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
- the back of the event queue.
- If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
- of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
- be removed from the queue.
- If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
- of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
- removed from the queue.
- This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
- if there was an error. This function is thread-safe. }
-
- TSDL_EventAction = (SDL_ADDEVENT, SDL_PEEKEVENT, SDL_GETEVENT);
-
- // Application visibility event structure
- TSDL_ActiveEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_ACTIVEEVENT
- gain: UInt8; // Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0)
- state: UInt8; // A mask of the focus states
- end;
-
- // Keyboard event structure
- TSDL_KeyboardEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP
- which: UInt8; // The keyboard device index
- state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
- keysym: TSDL_KeySym;
- end;
-
- // Mouse motion event structure
- TSDL_MouseMotionEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEMOTION
- which: UInt8; // The mouse device index
- state: UInt8; // The current button state
- x, y: UInt16; // The X/Y coordinates of the mouse
- xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction
- yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction
- end;
-
- // Mouse button event structure
- TSDL_MouseButtonEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP
- which: UInt8; // The mouse device index
- button: UInt8; // The mouse button index
- state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
- x: UInt16; // The X coordinates of the mouse at press time
- y: UInt16; // The Y coordinates of the mouse at press time
- end;
-
- // Joystick axis motion event structure
- TSDL_JoyAxisEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAXISMOTION
- which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
- axis: UInt8; // The joystick axis index
- value: SInt16; // The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767)
- end;
-
- // Joystick trackball motion event structure
- TSDL_JoyBallEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAVBALLMOTION
- which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
- ball: UInt8; // The joystick trackball index
- xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction
- yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction
- end;
-
- // Joystick hat position change event structure
- TSDL_JoyHatEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
- which: UInt8; // The joystick device index */
- hat: UInt8; // The joystick hat index */
- value: UInt8; { The hat position value:
- 8 1 2
- 7 0 3
- 6 5 4
-
- Note that zero means the POV is centered. }
-
- end;
-
- // Joystick button event structure
- TSDL_JoyButtonEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP
- which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
- button: UInt8; // The joystick button index
- state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
- end;
-
- { The "window resized" event
- When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video
- mode with the new width and height. }
- TSDL_ResizeEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_VIDEORESIZE
- w: Integer; // New width
- h: Integer; // New height
- end;
-
- // The "quit requested" event
- PSDL_QuitEvent = ^TSDL_QuitEvent;
- TSDL_QuitEvent = record
- type_: UInt8;
- end;
-
- // A user-defined event type
- PSDL_UserEvent = ^TSDL_UserEvent;
- TSDL_UserEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1
- code: Integer; // User defined event code */
- data1: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */
- data2: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */
- end;
-
- // The "screen redraw" event
- PSDL_ExposeEvent = ^TSDL_ExposeEvent;
- TSDL_ExposeEvent = record
- type_ : Uint8; // SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE
- end;
-
- {$IFDEF Unix}
- //These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX
- TSDL_SysWm = ( SDL_SYSWM_X11 ) ;
- {$ENDIF}
-
-// The windows custom event structure
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
- TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
- version: TSDL_version;
- h_wnd: HWND; // The window for the message
- msg: UInt; // The type of message
- w_Param: WPARAM; // WORD message parameter
- lParam: LPARAM; // LONG message parameter
- end;
-{$ELSE}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
-{ The Linux custom event structure }
- PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
- TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
- version : TSDL_version;
- subsystem : TSDL_SysWm;
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- event : TXEvent;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- event : XEvent;
- {$ENDIF}
- end;
-{$ELSE}
-{ The generic custom event structure }
- PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
- TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
- version: TSDL_version;
- data: Integer;
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$ENDIF}
-
-// The Windows custom window manager information structure
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
- TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
- version : TSDL_version;
- window : HWnd; // The display window
- end;
-{$ELSE}
-
-// The Linux custom window manager information structure
-{$IFDEF Unix}
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- TX11 = record
- display : PDisplay; // The X11 display
- window : TWindow ; // The X11 display window */
- {* These locking functions should be called around
- any X11 functions using the display variable.
- They lock the event thread, so should not be
- called around event functions or from event filters.
- *}
- lock_func : Pointer;
- unlock_func : Pointer;
-
- // Introduced in SDL 1.0.2
- fswindow : TWindow ; // The X11 fullscreen window */
- wmwindow : TWindow ; // The X11 managed input window */
- end;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
-
- PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
- TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
- version : TSDL_version ;
- subsystem : TSDL_SysWm;
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- X11 : TX11;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- end;
-{$ELSE}
- // The generic custom window manager information structure
- PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
- TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
- version : TSDL_version ;
- data : integer;
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$ENDIF}
-
- PSDL_SysWMEvent = ^TSDL_SysWMEvent;
- TSDL_SysWMEvent = record
- type_: UInt8;
- msg: PSDL_SysWMmsg;
- end;
-
- PSDL_Event = ^TSDL_Event;
- TSDL_Event = record
- case UInt8 of
- SDL_NOEVENT: (type_: byte);
- SDL_ACTIVEEVENT: (active: TSDL_ActiveEvent);
- SDL_KEYDOWN, SDL_KEYUP: (key: TSDL_KeyboardEvent);
- SDL_MOUSEMOTION: (motion: TSDL_MouseMotionEvent);
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: (button: TSDL_MouseButtonEvent );
- SDL_JOYAXISMOTION: (jaxis: TSDL_JoyAxisEvent );
- SDL_JOYBALLMOTION: (jball: TSDL_JoyBallEvent );
- SDL_JOYHATMOTION: (jhat: TSDL_JoyHatEvent );
- SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, SDL_JOYBUTTONUP: (jbutton: TSDL_JoyButtonEvent );
- SDL_VIDEORESIZE: (resize: TSDL_ResizeEvent );
- SDL_QUITEV: (quit: TSDL_QuitEvent );
- SDL_USEREVENT : ( user : TSDL_UserEvent );
- SDL_SYSWMEVENT: (syswm: TSDL_SysWMEvent );
- end;
-
-
-{ This function sets up a filter to process all events before they
- change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue.
-
- The filter is protypted as: }
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- // SDL_video.h types
- // Useful data types
- PPSDL_Rect = ^PSDL_Rect;
- PSDL_Rect = ^TSDL_Rect;
- TSDL_Rect = record
- x, y: SInt16;
- w, h: UInt16;
- end;
-
- SDL_Rect = TSDL_Rect;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Rect}
-
- PSDL_Color = ^TSDL_Color;
- TSDL_Color = record
- r: UInt8;
- g: UInt8;
- b: UInt8;
- unused: UInt8;
- end;
-
- PSDL_ColorArray = ^TSDL_ColorArray;
- TSDL_ColorArray = array[0..65000] of TSDL_Color;
-
- PSDL_Palette = ^TSDL_Palette;
- TSDL_Palette = record
- ncolors: Integer;
- colors: PSDL_ColorArray;
- end;
-
- // Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only
- PSDL_PixelFormat = ^TSDL_PixelFormat;
- TSDL_PixelFormat = record
- palette: PSDL_Palette;
- BitsPerPixel: UInt8;
- BytesPerPixel: UInt8;
- Rloss: UInt8;
- Gloss: UInt8;
- Bloss: UInt8;
- Aloss: UInt8;
- Rshift: UInt8;
- Gshift: UInt8;
- Bshift: UInt8;
- Ashift: UInt8;
- RMask: UInt32;
- GMask: UInt32;
- BMask: UInt32;
- AMask: UInt32;
- colorkey: UInt32; // RGB color key information
- alpha: UInt8; // Alpha value information (per-surface alpha)
- end;
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- {PPrivate_hwdata = ^TPrivate_hwdata;
- TPrivate_hwdata = record
- dd_surface : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3;
- dd_writebuf : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3;
- end;}
- {ELSE}
-{$ENDIF}
-
- // The structure passed to the low level blit functions
- PSDL_BlitInfo = ^TSDL_BlitInfo;
- TSDL_BlitInfo = record
- s_pixels: PUInt8;
- s_width: Integer;
- s_height: Integer;
- s_skip: Integer;
- d_pixels: PUInt8;
- d_width: Integer;
- d_height: Integer;
- d_skip: Integer;
- aux_data: Pointer;
- src: PSDL_PixelFormat;
- table: PUInt8;
- dst: PSDL_PixelFormat;
- end;
-
- // typedef for private surface blitting functions
- PSDL_Surface = ^TSDL_Surface;
-
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- // The type definition for the low level blit functions
- //TSDL_LoBlit = procedure( info : PSDL_BlitInfo ); cdecl;
-
- // This is the private info structure for software accelerated blits
- {PPrivate_swaccel = ^TPrivate_swaccel;
- TPrivate_swaccel = record
- blit : TSDL_LoBlit;
- aux_data : Pointer;
- end;}
-
- // Blit mapping definition
- {PSDL_BlitMap = ^TSDL_BlitMap;
- TSDL_BlitMap = record
- dst : PSDL_Surface;
- identity : Integer;
- table : PUInt8;
- hw_blit : TSDL_Blit;
- sw_blit : TSDL_Blit;
- hw_data : PPrivate_hwaccel;
- sw_data : PPrivate_swaccel;
-
- // the version count matches the destination; mismatch indicates an invalid mapping
- format_version : Cardinal;
- end;}
-
- TSDL_Surface = record
- flags: UInt32; // Read-only
- format: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Read-only
- w, h: Integer; // Read-only
- pitch: UInt16; // Read-only
- pixels: Pointer; // Read-write
- offset: Integer; // Private
- hwdata: Pointer; //TPrivate_hwdata; Hardware-specific surface info
-
- // clipping information:
- clip_rect: TSDL_Rect; // Read-only
- unused1: UInt32; // for binary compatibility
- // Allow recursive locks
- locked: UInt32; // Private
- // info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces
- Blitmap: Pointer; // PSDL_BlitMap; // Private
- // format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps
- format_version: Cardinal; // Private
- refcount: Integer;
- end;
-
- // Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities
- PSDL_VideoInfo = ^TSDL_VideoInfo;
- TSDL_VideoInfo = record
- hw_available: UInt8; // Hardware and WindowManager flags in first 2 bits ( see below )
- {hw_available: 1; // Can you create hardware surfaces
- wm_available: 1; // Can you talk to a window manager?
- UnusedBits1: 6;}
- blit_hw: UInt8; // Blit Hardware flags. See below for which bits do what
- {UnusedBits2: 1;
- blit_hw: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits HW --> HW
- blit_hw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Colorkey
- blit_hw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Alpha
- blit_sw: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits SW --> HW
- blit_sw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Colorkey
- blit_sw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Alpha
- blit_fill: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated color fill}
- UnusedBits3: UInt8; // Unused at this point
- video_mem: UInt32; // The total amount of video memory (in K)
- vfmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Value: The format of the video surface
- current_w : SInt32; // Value: The current video mode width
- current_h : SInt32; // Value: The current video mode height
- end;
-
- // The YUV hardware video overlay
- PSDL_Overlay = ^TSDL_Overlay;
- TSDL_Overlay = record
- format: UInt32; // Overlay format
- w, h: Integer; // Width and height of overlay
- planes: Integer; // Number of planes in the overlay. Usually either 1 or 3
- pitches: PUInt16;
- // An array of pitches, one for each plane. Pitch is the length of a row in bytes.
- pixels: PPUInt8;
- // An array of pointers to the data of each plane. The overlay should be locked before these pointers are used.
- hw_overlay: UInt32;
- // This will be set to 1 if the overlay is hardware accelerated.
- end;
-
- // Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes.
- TSDL_GLAttr = (
- SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
- SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_STEREO,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES,
- SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL,
- SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL);
-
-
-
- PSDL_Cursor = ^TSDL_Cursor;
- TSDL_Cursor = record
- area: TSDL_Rect; // The area of the mouse cursor
- hot_x, hot_y: SInt16; // The "tip" of the cursor
- data: PUInt8; // B/W cursor data
- mask: PUInt8; // B/W cursor mask
- save: array[1..2] of PUInt8; // Place to save cursor area
- wm_cursor: Pointer; // Window-manager cursor
- end;
-
-// SDL_mutex.h types
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
- TSDL_Mutex = record
- id: THANDLE;
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
- PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
- TSDL_mutex = record
- id: pthread_mutex_t;
-{$IFDEF PTHREAD_NO_RECURSIVE_MUTEX}
- recursive: Integer;
- owner: pthread_t;
-{$ENDIF}
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF NDS}
- PSDL_mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
- TSDL_Mutex = record
- recursive: Integer;
- Owner: UInt32;
- sem: PSDL_sem;
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF __MACH__}
- {$define USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES}
- // Broken sem_getvalue() in MacOS X Public Beta */
- {$define BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-PSDL_semaphore = ^TSDL_semaphore;
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- // WINDOWS or Machintosh
- TSDL_semaphore = record
- id: THANDLE;
- count: UInt32;
- end;
-{$ELSE}
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- // This should be semaphore.h
- __sem_lock_t = {packed} record { Not in header file - anonymous }
- status: Longint;
- spinlock: Integer;
- end;
-
- sem_t = {packed} record
- __sem_lock: __sem_lock_t;
- __sem_value: Integer;
- __sem_waiting: longint ; {_pthread_queue;}
- end;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- TSDL_semaphore = record
- sem: Pointer; //PSem_t;
- {$IFNDEF USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES}
- sem_data: Sem_t;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$IFDEF BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE}
- { This is a little hack for MacOS X -
- It's not thread-safe, but it's better than nothing }
- sem_value: Integer;
- {$ENDIF}
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
- PSDL_Sem = ^TSDL_Sem;
- TSDL_Sem = TSDL_Semaphore;
-
- PSDL_Cond = ^TSDL_Cond;
- TSDL_Cond = record
-{$IFDEF Unix}
- cond: pthread_cond_t;
-{$ELSE}
- // Generic Cond structure
- lock: PSDL_mutex;
- waiting: Integer;
- signals: Integer;
- wait_sem: PSDL_Sem;
- wait_done: PSDL_Sem;
-{$ENDIF}
- end;
-
- // SDL_thread.h types
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- TSYS_ThreadHandle = THandle;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
- TSYS_ThreadHandle = pthread_t;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF NDS}
- TSYS_ThreadHandle = Integer;
-{$ENDIF}
-
- { This is the system-independent thread info structure }
- PSDL_Thread = ^TSDL_Thread;
- TSDL_Thread = record
- threadid: UInt32;
- handle: TSYS_ThreadHandle;
- status: Integer;
- errbuf: TSDL_Error;
- data: Pointer;
- end;
-
- // Helper Types
-
- // Keyboard State Array ( See demos for how to use )
- PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr;
- TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8;
-
- // Types required so we don't need to use Windows.pas
- PInteger = ^Integer;
- PByte = ^Byte;
- PWord = ^Word;
- PLongWord = ^Longword;
-
- // General arrays
- PByteArray = ^TByteArray;
- TByteArray = array[0..32767] of Byte;
-
- PWordArray = ^TWordArray;
- TWordArray = array[0..16383] of Word;
-
- PPoint = ^TPoint;
- {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
- TPoint = Types.TPoint;
- {$ELSE}
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- {$IFDEF __GPC__}
- TPoint = wintypes.TPoint;
- {$ELSE}
- TPoint = Windows.TPoint;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- //Can't define TPoint : neither Types nor Windows unit available.
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
-
- PRect = ^TRect;
- {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
- TRect = Types.TRect;
- {$ELSE}
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- {$IFDEF __GPC__}
- TRect = wintypes.TRect;
- {$ELSE}
- TRect = Windows.TRect;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- //Can't define TRect: neither Types nor Windows unit available.
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
-
- { Generic procedure pointer }
- TProcedure = procedure;
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ initialization }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes
- the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies)
- Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
- signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV) }
-
-function SDL_Init( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Init}
-
-// This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
-function SDL_InitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitSubSystem}
-
-// This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
-procedure SDL_QuitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 );
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_QuitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QuitSubSystem}
-
-{ This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have
- been initialized.
- If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems. }
-
-function SDL_WasInit( flags : UInt32 ): UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WasInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WasInit}
-
-{ This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the
- dynamically linked library. You should call it upon all exit conditions. }
-procedure SDL_Quit;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Quit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Quit}
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-// This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any
-function SDL_RegisterApp(name: PChar; style: UInt32; h_Inst: Pointer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RegisterApp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RegisterApp}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF __MACH__}
-// This should be called from your main() function, if any
-procedure SDL_InitQuickDraw( the_qd: QDGlobals );
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitQuickDraw'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitQuickDraw}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ types }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-// The number of elements in a table
-function SDL_TableSize( table: PChar ): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TABLESIZE}
-
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ error-handling }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-// Public functions
-function SDL_GetError: PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetError}
-procedure SDL_SetError(fmt: PChar);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetError}
-procedure SDL_ClearError;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ClearError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ClearError}
-
-{$IFNDEF WINDOWS}
-procedure SDL_Error(Code: TSDL_errorcode);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Error'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Error}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-// Private error message function - used internally
-procedure SDL_OutOfMemory;
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ io handling }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-// Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources
-
-function SDL_RWFromFile(filename, mode: PChar): PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFile'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFile}
-procedure SDL_FreeRW(area: PSDL_RWops);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeRW}
-
-//fp is FILE *fp ???
-function SDL_RWFromFP(fp: Pointer; autoclose: Integer): PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFP}
-function SDL_RWFromMem(mem: Pointer; size: Integer): PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromMem}
-function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromConstMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromConstMem}
-function SDL_AllocRW: PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AllocRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocRW}
-
-function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWSeek}
-function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWTell}
-function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWRead}
-function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWWrite}
-function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWClose}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ time-handling }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization. }
-{ Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days. }
-function SDL_GetTicks: UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetTicks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetTicks}
-
-// Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning
-procedure SDL_Delay(msec: UInt32);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Delay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Delay}
-
-{ Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running. }
-{ Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs. }
-function SDL_AddTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback; param : Pointer): PSDL_TimerID;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AddTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AddTimer}
-
-{ Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID. }
-{ Returns a boolean value indicating success. }
-function SDL_RemoveTimer(t: PSDL_TimerID): TSDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RemoveTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RemoveTimer}
-
-function SDL_SetTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_TimerCallback): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetTimer}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ audio-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
- have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use.
- You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(). }
-
-function SDL_AudioInit(driver_name: PChar): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioInit}
-procedure SDL_AudioQuit;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioQuit}
-
-{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
- current audio driver, and returns a Pointer to it if the audio driver has
- been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. }
-
-function SDL_AudioDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioDriverName}
-
-{ This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
- returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
- structure pointed to by 'obtained'. If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio
- data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
- requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
- audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed
- to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
-
- When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
- 'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second.
- 'desired->format' should be the desired audio format.
- 'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples.
- This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio
- driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values seem to
- range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and
- CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead
- to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot
- fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of both right
- and left channels in LR ordering.
- Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
- following formula: ms = (samples*1000)/freq
- 'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
- calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- 'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
- and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- 'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called
- when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer
- to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
- This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
- protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
- and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
- 'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback
- function.
-
- The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
- be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
- for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver
- may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
- any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device. }
-
-function SDL_OpenAudio(desired, obtained: PSDL_AudioSpec): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_OpenAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OpenAudio}
-
-{ Get the current audio state: }
-function SDL_GetAudioStatus: TSDL_Audiostatus;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAudioStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAudioStatus}
-
-{ This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing.
- It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
- device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize
- data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
- Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause. }
-
-procedure SDL_PauseAudio(pause_on: Integer);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PauseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PauseAudio}
-
-{ This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
- that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file,
- you could do:
- SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
-
- If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
- filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
- 'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
- and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
- You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
- done with it.
-
- This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
- wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
- corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported. }
-
-function SDL_LoadWAV_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer; spec:
- PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadWAV_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV_RW}
-
-// Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file
-function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf:
- PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV}
-
-{ This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW() }
-
-procedure SDL_FreeWAV(audio_buf: PUInt8);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeWAV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeWAV}
-
-{ This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
- and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed
- by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
- to the other.
- This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
-function SDL_BuildAudioCVT(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT; src_format: UInt16;
- src_channels: UInt8; src_rate: Integer; dst_format: UInt16; dst_channels: UInt8;
- dst_rate: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_BuildAudioCVT'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BuildAudioCVT}
-
-{ Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
- created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of
- audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
- to the desired format.
- The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
- cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by
- SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long. }
-function SDL_ConvertAudio(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertAudio}
-
-{ This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
- them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
- The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
- for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume.
- This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data. }
-
-procedure SDL_MixAudio(dst, src: PUInt8; len: UInt32; volume: Integer);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MixAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MixAudio}
-
-{ The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
- During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the
- callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback
- function or you will cause deadlock. }
-procedure SDL_LockAudio;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockAudio}
-procedure SDL_UnlockAudio;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockAudio}
-
-{ This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device. }
-
-procedure SDL_CloseAudio;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CloseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CloseAudio}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ CD-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if
- SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag. }
-
-function SDL_CDNumDrives: Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDNumDrives'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDNumDrives}
-
-{ Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM.
- Example:
- "/dev/cdrom"
- "E:"
- "/dev/disk/ide/1/master" }
-
-function SDL_CDName(drive: Integer): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDName}
-
-{ Opens a CD-ROM drive for access. It returns a drive handle on success,
- or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy. This newly opened CD-ROM
- becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL
- CD-ROM handle.
- Drives are numbered starting with 0. Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM. }
-
-function SDL_CDOpen(drive: Integer): PSDL_CD;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDOpen}
-
-{ This function returns the current status of the given drive.
- If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current
- play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure. }
-
-function SDL_CDStatus(cdrom: PSDL_CD): TSDL_CDStatus;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStatus}
-
-{ Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks'
- tracks and 'nframes' frames. If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play
- until the end of the CD. This function will skip data tracks.
- This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to
- get track information about the CD.
-
- For example:
- // Play entire CD:
- if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then
- SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- // Play last track:
- if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then
- begin
- SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0);
- end;
-
- // Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track:
- if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
- SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10);
-
- This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
-
-function SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start_track: Integer; start_frame:
- Integer; ntracks: Integer; nframes: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlayTracks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlayTracks}
-
-
-{ Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames.
- It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
-
-function SDL_CDPlay(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start: Integer; length: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlay}
-
-// Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
-function SDL_CDPause(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPause'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPause}
-
-// Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
-function SDL_CDResume(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDResume'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDResume}
-
-// Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
-function SDL_CDStop(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStop'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStop}
-
-// Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error
-function SDL_CDEject(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDEject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDEject}
-
-// Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive
-procedure SDL_CDClose(cdrom: PSDL_CD);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDClose}
-
-// Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive
-function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ) : LongBool;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDInDrive}
-
-// Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa
-procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var
- F: Integer);
-{$EXTERNALSYM FRAMES_TO_MSF}
-function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM MSF_TO_FRAMES}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ JoyStick-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Count the number of joysticks attached to the system }
-function SDL_NumJoysticks: Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_NumJoysticks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NumJoysticks}
-
-{ Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
- This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- If no name can be found, this function returns NULL. }
-function SDL_JoystickName(index: Integer): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickName}
-
-{ Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to
- the N'th joystick on the system. This index is the value which will
- identify this joystick in future joystick events.
-
- This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred. }
-function SDL_JoystickOpen(index: Integer): PSDL_Joystick;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpen}
-
-{ Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not. }
-function SDL_JoystickOpened(index: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpened'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpened}
-
-{ Get the device index of an opened joystick. }
-function SDL_JoystickIndex(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickIndex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickIndex}
-
-{ Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick }
-function SDL_JoystickNumAxes(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumAxes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumAxes}
-
-{ Get the number of trackballs on a joystick
- Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
- with them and their state cannot be polled. }
-function SDL_JoystickNumBalls(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumBalls'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumBalls}
-
-
-{ Get the number of POV hats on a joystick }
-function SDL_JoystickNumHats(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumHats'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumHats}
-
-{ Get the number of buttons on a joystick }
-function SDL_JoystickNumButtons(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumButtons'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumButtons}
-
-{ Update the current state of the open joysticks.
- This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
- events are enabled. }
-
-procedure SDL_JoystickUpdate;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickUpdate'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickUpdate;}
-
-{ Enable/disable joystick event polling.
- If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
- yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
- information.
- The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE. }
-
-function SDL_JoystickEventState(state: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickEventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickEventState}
-
-{ Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick
- The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
- The axis indices start at index 0. }
-
-function SDL_JoystickGetAxis(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; axis: Integer) : SInt16;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetAxis'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetAxis}
-
-{ The hat indices start at index 0. }
-
-function SDL_JoystickGetHat(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; hat: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetHat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetHat}
-
-{ Get the ball axis change since the last poll
- This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
- The ball indices start at index 0. }
-
-function SDL_JoystickGetBall(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; ball: Integer; var dx: Integer; var dy: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetBall'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetBall}
-
-{ Get the current state of a button on a joystick
- The button indices start at index 0. }
-function SDL_JoystickGetButton( joystick: PSDL_Joystick; Button: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetButton'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetButton}
-
-{ Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen() }
-procedure SDL_JoystickClose(joystick: PSDL_Joystick);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickClose}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ event-handling }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
- This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
- This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode. }
-
-procedure SDL_PumpEvents;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PumpEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PumpEvents;}
-
-{ Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
- If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
- the back of the event queue.
- If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
- of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
- be removed from the queue.
- If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
- of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
- removed from the queue.
- This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
- if there was an error. This function is thread-safe. }
-
-function SDL_PeepEvents(events: PSDL_Event; numevents: Integer; action: TSDL_eventaction; mask: UInt32): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PeepEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PeepEvents}
-
-{ Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending
- events, or 0 if there are none available. If 'event' is not NULL, the next
- event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. }
-
-function SDL_PollEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PollEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PollEvent}
-
-{ Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there
- was an error while waiting for events. If 'event' is not NULL, the next
- event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. }
-
-function SDL_WaitEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitEvent}
-
-function SDL_PushEvent( event : PSDL_Event ) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PushEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PushEvent}
-
-{ If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
- If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
- internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of
- dynamically arriving events.
-
- WARNING: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
- it may run in a different thread!
-
- There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type. The
- event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
- application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
- be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
- If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
- internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll. }
-procedure SDL_SetEventFilter( filter : TSDL_EventFilter );
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetEventFilter}
-
-{ Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
- If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL. }
-
-function SDL_GetEventFilter: TSDL_EventFilter;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetEventFilter}
-
-{ This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
- from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
- current processing state of the specified event. }
-
-function SDL_EventState(type_: UInt8; state: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EventState}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ Version Routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
- version of the SDL library. }
-procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION}
-
-{ This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
- (1,2,3) -> (1203)
- This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels }
-
-function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSIONNUM}
-
-// This is the version number macro for the current SDL version
-function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_COMPILEDVERSION}
-
-// This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z
-function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X: Integer; Y: Integer; Z: Integer) : LongBool;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST}
-
-{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library.
- it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
- use the SDL_Version() macro. }
-
-function SDL_Linked_Version: PSDL_version;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Linked_Version}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ video }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
- have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use.
- You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
-
- SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection
- to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and
- pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
- Note that event handling is activated by this routine.
-
- If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call
- SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX,
- you won't be able to set full-screen display modes. }
-
-function SDL_VideoInit(driver_name: PChar; flags: UInt32): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoInit}
-procedure SDL_VideoQuit;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoQuit}
-
-{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
- video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has
- been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. }
-
-function SDL_VideoDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoDriverName}
-
-{ This function returns a pointer to the current display surface.
- If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this
- function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video
- surface. }
-
-function SDL_GetVideoSurface: PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoSurface}
-
-{ This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the
- video hardware. If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt'
- member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the
- "best" video mode. }
-function SDL_GetVideoInfo: PSDL_VideoInfo;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoInfo}
-
-{ Check to see if a particular video mode is supported.
- It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth,
- or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the
- given width and height. If this bits-per-pixel is different from the
- one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed,
- but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface.
-
- The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to
- SDL_SetVideoMode() }
-
-function SDL_VideoModeOK(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoModeOK'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoModeOK}
-
-{ Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the
- given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest. Returns
- NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format,
- or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format.
-
- if 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given
- by SDL_GetVideoInfo( ) - > vfmt }
-
-function SDL_ListModes(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PPSDL_Rect;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ListModes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ListModes}
-
-
-{ Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel.
-
- If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel.
-
- If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the
- requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is
- available. The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it
- is not natively available.
-
- If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in
- video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface()
- in order to access the raw framebuffer. Otherwise, the video surface
- will be created in system memory.
-
- If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle
- updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels.
- SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock.
-
- If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee
- that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get.
- Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all
- of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look
- at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette.
- If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set,
- i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created
- under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag.
-
- If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set
- a fullscreen video mode. The default is to create a windowed mode
- if the current graphics system has a window manager.
- If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag
- will be set in the surface that is returned.
-
- If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up
- two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call
- SDL_Flip(). This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering
- scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video
- memory while the monitor is refreshing. It should only be used by
- applications that redraw the entire screen on every update.
-
- This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails. }
-
-function SDL_SetVideoMode(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetVideoMode'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetVideoMode}
-
-
-{ Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen.
- If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire
- screen.
- These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked. }
-
-procedure SDL_UpdateRects(screen: PSDL_Surface; numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRects}
-procedure SDL_UpdateRect(screen: PSDL_Surface; x, y: SInt32; w, h: UInt32);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRect}
-
-
-{ On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip
- and returns. The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap
- video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return.
- On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent
- to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when
- setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping.
- This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.}
-
-function SDL_Flip(screen: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Flip'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Flip}
-
-{ Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels.
- The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0
-
- If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will
- be emulated using gamma ramps, if available. If successful, this
- function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1. }
-
-function SDL_SetGamma(redgamma: single; greengamma: single; bluegamma: single ): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGamma'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGamma}
-
-{ Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
- of the video hardware. Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
- representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
- The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
- gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
-
- You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged.
- If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or
- hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
- this function will return -1. }
-
-function SDL_SetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGammaRamp}
-
-{ Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables.
-
- You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities.
- Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel.
- If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or
- hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
- this function will return -1. }
-
-function SDL_GetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetGammaRamp}
-
-{ Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface. If 'surface'
- is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0.
- If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will
- return 1. If not all the color entries were set exactly as given,
- it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to
- determine the actual color palette.
-
- When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the
- display colormap will be updated with the requested colors. If
- SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors()
- will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way
- you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under
- emulation. }
-
-
-function SDL_SetColors(surface: PSDL_Surface; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor : Integer; ncolors: Integer) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColors'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColors}
-
-{ Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface.
- 'flags' is one or both of:
- SDL_LOGPAL -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped
- to/from the surface,
- SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on
- the screen
- Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical
- palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set.
-
- The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0
- otherwise.
-
- SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with
- flags = (SDL_LOGPAL or SDL_PHYSPAL). }
-
-function SDL_SetPalette(surface: PSDL_Surface; flags: Integer; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor: Integer; ncolors: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetPalette'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetPalette}
-
-{ Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format }
-function SDL_MapRGB(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8) : UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGB}
-
-{ Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format }
-function SDL_MapRGBA(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8; a: UInt8): UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGBA}
-
-{ Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format }
-procedure SDL_GetRGB(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGB}
-
-{ Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format }
-procedure SDL_GetRGBA(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8; a: PUInt8);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGBA}
-
-{ Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode)
- If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
- If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
- flags '[RGB]mask'.
- If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
-
- The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create.
- SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory.
- SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory,
- with the same format as the display surface. This is useful for surfaces
- that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration
- when being blitted to the display surface.
- SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with
- this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels.
- SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock.
- SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits.
- If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between
- two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in
- video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware
- acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory.
- SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and
- if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between
- two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory
- if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory.
- If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster,
- but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format,
- and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use
- the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls.
- If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE
- will be set in the flags member of the returned surface. If for some
- reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have
- the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead. }
-
-function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer;
- RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocSurface}
-
-function SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurface}
-
-function SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(pixels: Pointer; width, height, depth, pitch
- : Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom}
-
-procedure SDL_FreeSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeSurface}
-
-function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MustLock}
-{ SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
- Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
- to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in
- 'surface->format'. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
- use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
-
- Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
- to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
- pixel format of the surface will not change. In particular, if the
- SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you
- will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it.
-
- No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
- pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
-
- SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked. }
-function SDL_LockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockSurface}
-
-procedure SDL_UnlockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockSurface}
-
-{ Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
- If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read.
- Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
- The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface(). }
-function SDL_LoadBMP_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP_RW}
-
-// Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file
-function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP}
-
-{ Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
- If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written.
- Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error. }
-
-function SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface: PSDL_Surface; dst: PSDL_RWops; freedst: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SaveBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP_RW}
-
-// Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file
-function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP}
-
-{ Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
- If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL),
- 'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit.
- SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present,
- and removes RLE acceleration if absent.
- If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key.
- This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
-
-function SDL_SetColorKey(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag, key: UInt32) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColorKey'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColorKey}
-
-{ This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to
- using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range
- of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255
- being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be
- opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note
- that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency.
-
- If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface.
- If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface.
- OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the
- surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed. }
-
-
-function SDL_SetAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag: UInt32; alpha: UInt8): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetAlpha}
-
-{ Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
-
- If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
- If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
- return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the
- function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
- the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
-
- Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
- and destination surfaces. }
-procedure SDL_SetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetClipRect}
-
-{ Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
- 'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
- with the correct values. }
-procedure SDL_GetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetClipRect}
-
-{ Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
- the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
- fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL.
-
- The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
- semantics. You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
- SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
- surface.
-
- This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat(). }
-
-function SDL_ConvertSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertSurface}
-
-{
- This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination
- surface. It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
- the same size. If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire
- surface (src or dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved
- in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed.
- If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
-
- The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
-
- The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey
- are defined as follows:
-
- RGBA->RGB:
- SDL_SRCALPHA set:
- alpha-blend (using alpha-channel).
- SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
- SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
- copy RGB.
- if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
- RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
- comparison.
-
- RGB->RGBA:
- SDL_SRCALPHA set:
- alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value);
- set destination alpha to opaque.
- SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
- copy RGB, set destination alpha to opaque.
- both:
- if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
- source colour key.
-
- RGBA->RGBA:
- SDL_SRCALPHA set:
- alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values;
- leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?]
- SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
- SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
- copy all of RGBA to the destination.
- if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
- RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
- comparison.
-
- RGB->RGB:
- SDL_SRCALPHA set:
- alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value).
- SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
- copy RGB.
- both:
- if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
- source colour key.
-
- If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2,
- the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and
- re-blitted:
- while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) = -2 ) do
- begin
- while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 ) do
- Sleep(10);
- -- Write image pixels to image->pixels --
- SDL_UnlockSurface(image);
- end;
-
- This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your
- fullscreen application. The lock will also fail until you have access
- to the video memory again. }
-
-{ You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
- blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions. }
-
-function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BlitSurface}
-
-{ This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
- rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit() }
-function SDL_UpperBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpperBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpperBlit}
-
-{ This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
- blitting only. }
-function SDL_LowerBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LowerBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LowerBlit}
-
-{ This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color'
- The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area
- and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer.
- If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color'
- The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
- can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
- This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_FillRect(dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect; color: UInt32) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FillRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FillRect}
-
-{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
- pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast
- blitting onto the display surface. It calls SDL_ConvertSurface()
-
- If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
- acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
- calling this function.
-
- If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL }
-
-function SDL_DisplayFormat(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormat}
-
-{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
- pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible),
- suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface.
- The new surface will always have an alpha channel.
-
- If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
- acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
- calling this function.
-
- If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL }
-
-
-function SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha}
-
-//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
-//* YUV video surface overlay functions */
-//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
-
-{ This function creates a video output overlay
- Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because
- the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay
- is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data. }
-
-function SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(width: Integer; height: Integer; format: UInt32; display: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Overlay;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateYUVOverlay}
-
-// Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done
-function SDL_LockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockYUVOverlay}
-
-procedure SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay); cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay}
-
-
-{ Blit a video overlay to the display surface.
- The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are
- not defined.
- The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from
- that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported. }
-
-function SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay; dstrect: PSDL_Rect) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay}
-
-// Free a video overlay
-procedure SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeYUVOverlay}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ OpenGL Routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Dynamically load a GL driver, if SDL is built with dynamic GL.
-
- SDL links normally with the OpenGL library on your system by default,
- but you can compile it to dynamically load the GL driver at runtime.
- If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
- your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
-
- This is disabled in default builds of SDL. }
-
-
-function SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(filename: PChar): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_LoadLibrary'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_LoadLibrary}
-
-{ Get the address of a GL function (for extension functions) }
-function SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(procname: PChar) : Pointer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetProcAddress'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetProcAddress}
-
-{ Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization. }
-function SDL_GL_SetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; value: Integer) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SetAttribute}
-
-{ Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing
- interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting
- the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only
- stores the values you request before initialization.
-
- Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute
- themselves if they want to retrieve these values. }
-
-function SDL_GL_GetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; var value: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetAttribute}
-
-{ Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported. }
-
-procedure SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SwapBuffers'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;}
-
-{ Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read
- and understood the source code for these functions. }
-
-procedure SDL_GL_UpdateRects(numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_UpdateRects}
-procedure SDL_GL_Lock;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Lock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Lock;}
-procedure SDL_GL_Unlock;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Unlock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Unlock;}
-
-{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *}
-{* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any. *}
-{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *}
-
-{ Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window }
-procedure SDL_WM_GetCaption(var title : PChar; var icon : PChar);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GetCaption}
-procedure SDL_WM_SetCaption( const title : PChar; const icon : PChar);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetCaption}
-
-{ Sets the icon for the display window.
- This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode().
- It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format.
- If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon. }
-procedure SDL_WM_SetIcon(icon: PSDL_Surface; mask: PUInt8);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetIcon'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetIcon}
-
-{ This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded.
- If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event.
- This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments. }
-
-function SDL_WM_IconifyWindow: Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_IconifyWindow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_IconifyWindow}
-
-{ Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen.
- If the display surface does not require locking before accessing
- the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change.
-
- If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from
- running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1.
- If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0.
-
- The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen
- attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not
- set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported.
-
- This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver. }
-
-function SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen}
-
-{ Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window,
- and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application,
- and not interpreted by a window manager, if any. }
-
-function SDL_WM_GrabInput(mode: TSDL_GrabMode): TSDL_GrabMode;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GrabInput'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GrabInput}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ mouse-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
- The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
- be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
- current mouse cursor position. You can pass NULL for either x or y. }
-
-function SDL_GetMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetMouseState}
-
-{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
- The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
- be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
- mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(). }
-function SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRelativeMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRelativeMouseState}
-
-{ Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event) }
-procedure SDL_WarpMouse(x, y: UInt16);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WarpMouse'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WarpMouse}
-
-{ Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format).
- The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
-
- The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
- data mask resulting pixel on screen
- 0 1 White
- 1 1 Black
- 0 0 Transparent
- 1 0 Inverted color if possible, black if not.
-
- Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor(). }
-function SDL_CreateCursor(data, mask: PUInt8; w, h, hot_x, hot_y: Integer): PSDL_Cursor;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCursor}
-
-{ Set the currently active cursor to the specified one.
- If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately
- represented on the display. }
-procedure SDL_SetCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetCursor}
-
-{ Returns the currently active cursor. }
-function SDL_GetCursor: PSDL_Cursor;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetCursor}
-
-{ Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor(). }
-procedure SDL_FreeCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeCursor}
-
-{ Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen.
- The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off.
- SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed
- before the call, or 0 if it was not. You can query the current
- state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1. }
-function SDL_ShowCursor(toggle: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ShowCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ShowCursor}
-
-function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer;
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ Keyboard-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input.
- This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off.
- If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled.
- If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled.
- If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed.
- It returns the previous state of keyboard translation. }
-function SDL_EnableUNICODE(enable: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableUNICODE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableUNICODE}
-
-{ If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled. }
-function SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(delay: Integer; interval: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableKeyRepeat}
-
-procedure SDL_GetKeyRepeat(delay : PInteger; interval: PInteger);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyRepeat}
-
-{ Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
- Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms.
- Used:
-
- UInt8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL);
- if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed }
-
-function SDL_GetKeyState(numkeys: PInt): PUInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyState}
-
-{ Get the current key modifier state }
-function SDL_GetModState: TSDLMod;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetModState}
-
-{ Set the current key modifier state
- This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags. }
-procedure SDL_SetModState(modstate: TSDLMod);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetModState}
-
-{ Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym }
-function SDL_GetKeyName(key: TSDLKey): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyName}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ Active Routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ This function returns the current state of the application, which is a
- bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and
- SDL_APPACTIVE. If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to
- see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled. }
-
-function SDL_GetAppState: UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAppState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAppState}
-
-
-{ Mutex functions }
-
-{ Create a mutex, initialized unlocked }
-
-function SDL_CreateMutex: PSDL_Mutex;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateMutex}
-
-{ Lock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) }
-
- function SDL_mutexP(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
- cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{ $ EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexP}
-
-function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockMutex}
-
-{ Unlock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) }
-function SDL_mutexV(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexV}
-
-function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockMutex}
-
-{ Destroy a mutex }
-procedure SDL_DestroyMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyMutex}
-
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Semaphore functions }
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. }
-function SDL_CreateSemaphore(initial_value: UInt32): PSDL_Sem;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateSemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateSemaphore}
-
-
-{ Destroy a semaphore }
-procedure SDL_DestroySemaphore(sem: PSDL_sem);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroySemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroySemaphore}
-
-{ This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
- to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore
- count. }
-
-function SDL_SemWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemWait}
-
-{ Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds,
- SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_SemTryWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemTryWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
-
-{ Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if
- the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in
- the allotted time, and -1 on error.
- On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
- of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. }
-
-function SDL_SemWaitTimeout(sem: PSDL_sem; ms: UInt32): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
-
-{ Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0,
- or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_SemPost(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemPost'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
-
-{ Returns the current count of the semaphore }
-
-function SDL_SemValue(sem: PSDL_sem): UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemValue'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemValue}
-
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Condition variable functions }
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Create a condition variable }
-function SDL_CreateCond: PSDL_Cond;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCond}
-
-{ Destroy a condition variable }
-procedure SDL_DestroyCond(cond: PSDL_Cond);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyCond}
-
-{ Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
- returns 0 or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_CondSignal(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondSignal'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondSignal}
-
-{ Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
- returns 0 or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_CondBroadcast(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondBroadcast'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondBroadcast}
-
-
-{ Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
- The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
- Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_CondWait(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWait}
-
-{ Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
- variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
- signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
- On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
- of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. }
-
-function SDL_CondWaitTimeout(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex; ms: UInt32) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWaitTimeout}
-
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Condition variable functions }
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-
-{ Create a thread }
-function SDL_CreateThread(fn: PInt; data: Pointer): PSDL_Thread;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateThread}
-
-{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread }
-function SDL_ThreadID: UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ThreadID}
-
-{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread,
- equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL. }
-function SDL_GetThreadID(thread: PSDL_Thread): UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetThreadID}
-
-{ Wait for a thread to finish.
- The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
- pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL. }
-
-procedure SDL_WaitThread(thread: PSDL_Thread; var status: Integer);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitThread}
-
-{ Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state }
-procedure SDL_KillThread(thread: PSDL_Thread);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_KillThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KillThread}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ Get Environment Routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer;
-cdecl;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer;
-cdecl; external 'libc.so' name 'putenv';
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{ Put a variable of the form "name=value" into the environment }
-//function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name '';
-function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_putenv}
-
-// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use
-// SDL_putenv as it it more portable
-//function putenv(const variable: PChar): integer;
-//{$EXTERNALSYM putenv}
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
-function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar; cdecl;
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{* Retrieve a variable named "name" from the environment }
-//function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name '';
-function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_getenv}
-
-// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use
-// SDL_getenv as it it more portable
-//function getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
-//{$EXTERNALSYM getenv}
-
-{*
- * This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information.
- * It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and
- * returns 1 if the function is implemented. If it's not implemented, or
- * the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0.
- *}
-function SDL_GetWMInfo(info : PSDL_SysWMinfo) : integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetWMInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetWMInfo}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-//SDL_loadso.h
-{* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
- * to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
- * The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
- *}
-function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadObject}
-
-{* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
- * named function in the shared object and returns it. This address
- * is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
- *}
-function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadFunction'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadFunction}
-
-{* Unload a shared object from memory *}
-procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnloadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnloadObject}
-
-
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Swap32}
-
-{ FreeAndNil frees the given TObject instance and sets the variable reference
- to nil. Be careful to only pass TObjects to this routine. }
-procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj);
-
-{ Exit procedure handling }
-
-{ AddExitProc adds the given procedure to the run-time library's exit
- procedure list. When an application terminates, its exit procedures are
- executed in reverse order of definition, i.e. the last procedure passed
- to AddExitProc is the first one to get executed upon termination. }
-procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure);
-
-// Bitwise Checking functions
-function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean;
-
-function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
-
-function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
-
-implementation
-
-{$IFDEF __GPC__}
- {$L 'sdl'} { link sdl.dll.a or libsdl.so or libsdl.a }
-{$ENDIF}
-
-function SDL_TABLESIZE(table: PChar): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SizeOf(table) div SizeOf(table[0]);
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_OutOfMemory;
-begin
- {$IFNDEF WINDOWS}
- SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM);
- {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.seek(context, offset, whence);
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.seek(context, 0, 1);
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.read(context, ptr, size, n);
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.write(context, ptr, size, n);
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.close(context);
-end;
-
-function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
-begin
- Result := SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1, spec, audio_buf, audiolen);
-end;
-
-function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ): LongBool;
-begin
- Result := ord( status ) > ord( CD_ERROR );
-end;
-
-procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var
- F: Integer);
-var
- value: Integer;
-begin
- value := frames;
- F := value mod CD_FPS;
- value := value div CD_FPS;
- S := value mod 60;
- value := value div 60;
- M := value;
-end;
-
-function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer;
-begin
- Result := M * 60 * CD_FPS + S * CD_FPS + F;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
-begin
- X.major := SDL_MAJOR_VERSION;
- X.minor := SDL_MINOR_VERSION;
- X.patch := SDL_PATCHLEVEL;
-end;
-
-function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer;
-begin
- Result := X * 1000 + Y * 100 + Z;
-end;
-
-function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL
- );
-end;
-
-function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z: Integer): LongBool;
-begin
- Result := (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z));
-end;
-
-function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
-begin
- Result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1);
-end;
-
-function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'wb'), 1);
-end;
-
-function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst:
- PSDL_Surface;
- dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_UpperBlit(src, srcrect, dst, dstrect);
-end;
-
-function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer;
- RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-begin
- Result := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags, width, height, depth, RMask, GMask,
- BMask, AMask);
-end;
-
-function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean;
-begin
- Result := ( ( surface^.offset <> 0 ) or
- ( ( surface^.flags and ( SDL_HWSURFACE or SDL_ASYNCBLIT or SDL_RLEACCEL ) ) <> 0 ) );
-end;
-
-function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_mutexP(mutex);
-end;
-
-function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_mutexV(mutex);
-end;
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name '_putenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$ENDIF}
-
-
-function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): Integer;
-begin
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- Result := _putenv(variable);
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$IFDEF UNIX}
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- Result := _putenv(variable);
- {$ELSE}
- Result := libc.putenv(variable);
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
-function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'getenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF};
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
-begin
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-
- {$IFDEF __GPC__}
- Result := getenv( string( name ) );
- {$ELSE}
- Result := getenv( name );
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$ELSE}
-
- {$IFDEF UNIX}
-
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- Result := fpgetenv(name);
- {$ELSE}
- Result := libc.getenv(name);
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_PRESSED shl ( Button - 1 );
-end;
-
-function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32;
-begin
- Result := ((D shl 24) or ((D shl 8) and $00FF0000) or ((D shr 8) and $0000FF00) or (D shr 24));
-end;
-
-procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj);
-{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
-{$IFNDEF __TMT__}
-var
- Temp: TObject;
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-begin
-{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
-{$IFNDEF __TMT__}
- Temp := TObject(Obj);
- Pointer(Obj) := nil;
- Temp.Free;
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-{ Exit procedure handling }
-type
- PExitProcInfo = ^TExitProcInfo;
- TExitProcInfo = record
- Next: PExitProcInfo;
- SaveExit: Pointer;
- Proc: TProcedure;
- end;
-
-var
- ExitProcList: PExitProcInfo = nil;
-
-procedure DoExitProc;
-var
- P: PExitProcInfo;
- Proc: TProcedure;
-begin
- P := ExitProcList;
- ExitProcList := P^.Next;
- ExitProc := P^.SaveExit;
- Proc := P^.Proc;
- Dispose(P);
- Proc;
-end;
-
-procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure);
-var
- P: PExitProcInfo;
-begin
- New(P);
- P^.Next := ExitProcList;
- P^.SaveExit := ExitProc;
- P^.Proc := Proc;
- ExitProcList := P;
- ExitProc := @DoExitProc;
-end;
-
-function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean;
-begin
- result := ( ( value and ( 1 shl bit ) ) <> 0 );
-end;
-
-function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
-begin
- result := ( value or ( 1 shl bit ) );
-end;
-
-function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
-begin
- result := ( value and not ( 1 shl bit ) );
-end;
-
-end.
-
-
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index b09f19f9..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-unit sdl_cpuinfo;
-{
- $Id: sdl_cpuinfo.pas,v 1.2 2004/02/18 22:52:53 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are }
-{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga }
-{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr. }
-{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA) }
-{ }
-{ All Rights Reserved. }
-{ }
-{ The original files are : SDL_cpuinfo.h }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominqiue Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so }
-{ They are available from... }
-{ http://www.libsdl.org . }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{
- $Log: sdl_cpuinfo.pas,v $
- Revision 1.2 2004/02/18 22:52:53 savage
- Forgot to add jedi-sdl.inc file. It's there now.
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/18 22:35:54 savage
- Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability
- Thus...
- Added SDL_GL_STEREO,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES
-
- Add DLL/Shared object functions
- function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
-
- function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
-
- procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
-
- Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem()
- function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
-
- Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types.
-
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-interface
-
-{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-uses
- sdl;
-
-{* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction
- *}
-function SDL_HasRDTSC : SDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasRDTSC'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasRDTSC}
-
-{* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features
- *}
-function SDL_HasMMX : SDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasMMX'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasMMX}
-
-{* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX Ext. features
- *}
-function SDL_HasMMXExt : SDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasMMXExt'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasMMXExt}
-
-{* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow features
- *}
-function SDL_Has3DNow : SDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Has3DNow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Has3DNow}
-
-{* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! Ext. features
- *}
-function SDL_Has3DNowExt : SDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Has3DNowExt'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Has3DNowExt}
-
-{* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features
- *}
-function SDL_HasSSE : SDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasSSE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasSSE}
-
-{* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features
- *}
-function SDL_HasSSE2 : SDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasSSE2'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasSSE2}
-
-{* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features
- *}
-function SDL_HasAltiVec : SDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasAltiVec'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasAltiVec}
-
-implementation
-
-end.
- \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a58ff40..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-unit sdlgameinterface;
-{
- $Id: sdlgameinterface.pas,v 1.4 2005/08/03 18:57:31 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ Game Interface Base class }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so }
-{ They are available from... }
-{ http://www.libsdl.org . }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ September 23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation }
-{
- $Log: sdlgameinterface.pas,v $
- Revision 1.4 2005/08/03 18:57:31 savage
- Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class
-
- Revision 1.3 2004/10/17 18:41:49 savage
- Slight Change to allow Reseting of Input Event handlers
-
- Revision 1.2 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage
- Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
-
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-interface
-
-uses
- sdl,
- sdlwindow;
-
-type
- TGameInterfaceClass = class of TGameInterface;
-
- TGameInterface = class( TObject )
- private
- FNextGameInterface : TGameInterfaceClass;
- protected
- Dragging : Boolean;
- Loaded : Boolean;
- procedure FreeSurfaces; virtual;
- procedure Render; virtual; abstract;
- procedure Close; virtual;
- procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); virtual;
- procedure MouseDown( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual;
- procedure MouseMove( Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos : TPoint; RelativePos : TPoint ); virtual;
- procedure MouseUp( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual;
- procedure MouseWheelScroll( WheelDelta : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual;
- procedure KeyDown( var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode : UInt16 ); virtual;
- public
- MainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow;
- procedure ResetInputManager;
- procedure LoadSurfaces; virtual;
- function PointIsInRect( Point : TPoint; x, y, x1, y1 : integer ) : Boolean;
- constructor Create( const aMainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow );
- destructor Destroy; override;
- property NextGameInterface : TGameInterfaceClass read FNextGameInterface write FNextGameInterface;
- end;
-
-implementation
-
-{ TGameInterface }
-procedure TGameInterface.Close;
-begin
- FNextGameInterface := nil;
-end;
-
-constructor TGameInterface.Create( const aMainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow );
-begin
- inherited Create;
- MainWindow := aMainWindow;
- FNextGameInterface := TGameInterface;
- ResetInputManager;
-end;
-
-destructor TGameInterface.Destroy;
-begin
- if Loaded then
- FreeSurfaces;
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.FreeSurfaces;
-begin
- Loaded := False;
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.KeyDown(var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode: UInt16);
-begin
-
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.LoadSurfaces;
-begin
- Loaded := True;
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.MouseDown(Button: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint);
-begin
- Dragging := True;
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.MouseMove(Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos, RelativePos: TPoint);
-begin
-
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.MouseUp(Button: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint);
-begin
- Dragging := True;
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.MouseWheelScroll(WheelDelta: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint);
-begin
-
-end;
-
-function TGameInterface.PointIsInRect( Point : TPoint; x, y, x1, y1: integer ): Boolean;
-begin
- if ( Point.x >= x )
- and ( Point.y >= y )
- and ( Point.x <= x1 )
- and ( Point.y <= y1 ) then
- result := true
- else
- result := false;
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.ResetInputManager;
-var
- temp : TSDLNotifyEvent;
-begin
- MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseDown := MouseDown;
- MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseMove := MouseMove;
- MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseUp := MouseUp;
- MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseWheel := MouseWheelScroll;
- MainWindow.InputManager.KeyBoard.OnKeyDown := KeyDown;
- temp := Render;
- MainWindow.OnRender := temp;
- temp := Close;
- MainWindow.OnClose := temp;
- MainWindow.OnUpdate := Update;
-end;
-
-procedure TGameInterface.Update(aElapsedTime: single);
-begin
-
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 4de4ebee..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5236 +0,0 @@
-unit sdli386utils;
-{
- $Id: sdli386utils.pas,v 1.5 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ SDL Utility functions }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Tom Jones are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu> }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ Helper functions... }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms }
-{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ 2000 - TJ : Initial creation }
-{ }
-{ July 13 2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines. }
-{ }
-{ Sept 14 2001 - RK : Added flipping routines. }
-{ }
-{ Sept 19 2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD }
-{ effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel }
-{ Added PSDLRect() }
-{ Sept 22 2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here}
-{ Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box }
-{ }
-{ Sept 25 2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine, }
-{ SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface }
-{ }
-{ Sept 26 2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal }
-{ types rather that Windows types. This makes it more}
-{ portable to Linix. }
-{ }
-{ Sept 27 2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal }
-{ }
-{ Oct 27 2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function }
-{ }
-{ Jan 21 2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface }
-{ }
-{ Mar 28 2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface }
-{ }
-{ May 13 2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub }
-{ }
-{ May 27 2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function }
-{ }
-{ May 30 2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit }
-{ & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit }
-{ }
-{ June 12 2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect }
-{ }
-{ June 12 2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect }
-{ }
-{ November 9 2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions }
-{ }
-{ December 10 2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function }
-{ }
-{******************************************************************************}
-{
- $Log: sdli386utils.pas,v $
- Revision 1.5 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage
- Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by
- Ángel Eduardo García Hernández. Many thanks.
-
- Revision 1.4 2004/05/29 23:11:53 savage
- Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by
- Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks.
-
- Revision 1.3 2004/02/20 22:04:11 savage
- Added Changes as mentioned by Rodrigo "Rui" R. (1/2 RRC2Soft) to facilitate FPC compilation and it also works in Delphi. Also syncronized the funcitons so that they are identical to sdlutils.pas, when no assembly version is available.
-
- Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 00:23:39 savage
- As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-
-}
-
-interface
-
-{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-uses
-{$IFDEF UNIX}
- Types,
- Xlib,
-{$ENDIF}
- SysUtils,
- sdl;
-
-type
- TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical );
-
- // Pixel procedures
-function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
- PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean;
-
-function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal ) : Uint32;
-
-procedure SDL_PutPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-procedure SDL_AddPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-procedure SDL_SubPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-// Line procedures
-procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );overload;
-
-procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal ; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
-
-procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-// Surface procedures
-procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
-
-procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
- TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
-
-// Flip procedures
-procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
-
-function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
-
-function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
-
-function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
- Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
-
-procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
-
-procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
-
-procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
- PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
-
-procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
- PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
-
-function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
-
-// Fill Rect routine
-procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
-
-procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
-
-procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
-
-// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface!
-procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-
-procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-
-procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-
-function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
-PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
-boolean;
-
-// Jason's boolean Surface functions
-procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-function SDL_ClipLine(var x1,y1,x2,y2: Integer; ClipRect: PSDL_Rect) : boolean;
-
-implementation
-
-uses
- Math;
-
-function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
- PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean;
-var
- Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
- right1, bottom1 : integer;
- right2, bottom2 : integer;
- Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
- Mod1, Mod2 : cardinal;
- Addr1, Addr2 : cardinal;
- BPP : cardinal;
- Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal;
- TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal;
- tx, ty : cardinal;
- StartTick : cardinal;
- Color1, Color2 : cardinal;
-begin
- Result := false;
- if SrcRect1 = nil then
- begin
- with Src_Rect1 do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface1.w;
- h := SrcSurface1.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
- if SrcRect2 = nil then
- begin
- with Src_Rect2 do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface2.w;
- h := SrcSurface2.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
- with Src_Rect1 do
- begin
- Right1 := Left1 + w;
- Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
- end;
- with Src_Rect2 do
- begin
- Right2 := Left2 + w;
- Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
- end;
- if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <=
- Top2 ) then
- exit;
- if Left1 <= Left2 then
- begin
- // 1. left, 2. right
- Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
- Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
- ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
- with Src_Rect2 do
- if ScanWidth > w then
- ScanWidth := w;
- end
- else
- begin
- // 1. right, 2. left
- Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
- Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
- ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
- with Src_Rect1 do
- if ScanWidth > w then
- ScanWidth := w;
- end;
- with SrcSurface1^ do
- begin
- Pitch1 := Pitch;
- Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels );
- inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
- with format^ do
- begin
- BPP := BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface2^ do
- begin
- TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey;
- Pitch2 := Pitch;
- Addr2 := cardinal( Pixels );
- inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) );
- end;
- Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
- Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
- inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
- inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start );
- if Top1 <= Top2 then
- begin
- // 1. up, 2. down
- ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
- if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
- ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
- inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
- end
- else
- begin
- // 1. down, 2. up
- ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
- if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
- ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
- inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) );
- end;
- case BPP of
- 1 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <>
- TransparentColor2 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1 );
- inc( Addr2 );
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
- inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
- end;
- 2 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <>
- TransparentColor2 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 2 );
- inc( Addr2, 2 );
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
- inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
- end;
- 3 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 )
- then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 3 );
- inc( Addr2, 3 );
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
- inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
- end;
- 4 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <>
- TransparentColor2 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 4 );
- inc( Addr2, 4 );
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
- inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal ) : Uint32;
-var
- bpp : UInt32;
- p : PInteger;
-begin
- bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
- // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve
- p := Pointer( Uint32( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) *
- bpp );
- case bpp of
- 1 : result := PUint8( p )^;
- 2 : result := PUint16( p )^;
- 3 :
- if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
- result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ]
- else
- result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16;
- 4 : result := PUint32( p )^;
- else
- result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_PutPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- Addr, Pitch, BPP : cardinal;
-begin
- Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels );
- Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch;
- BPP := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
- asm
- mov eax, y
- mul Pitch // EAX := y * Pitch
- add Addr, eax // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch)
- mov eax, x
- mov ecx, Color
- cmp BPP, 1
- jne @Not1BPP
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x
- mov [eax], cl
- jmp @Quit
- @Not1BPP:
- cmp BPP, 2
- jne @Not2BPP
- mul BPP // EAX := x * BPP
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP
- mov [eax], cx
- jmp @Quit
- @Not2BPP:
- cmp BPP, 3
- jne @Not3BPP
- mul BPP // EAX := x * BPP
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP
- mov edx, [eax]
- and edx, $ff000000
- or edx, ecx
- mov [eax], edx
- jmp @Quit
- @Not3BPP:
- mul BPP // EAX := x * BPP
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP
- mov [eax], ecx
- @Quit:
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_AddPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- SrcColor, FinalColor : cardinal;
- Addr, Pitch, Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if Color = 0 then
- exit;
- Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels );
- Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch;
- Bits := SrcSurface.format.BitsPerPixel;
- asm
- mov eax, y
- mul Pitch // EAX := y * Pitch
- add Addr, eax // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch)
- mov eax, x
- cmp Bits, 8
- jne @Not8bit
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x
- mov cl, [eax]
- movzx ecx, cl
- mov SrcColor, ecx
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, 3
- and edx, 3
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, 3
- jbe @Skip1_8bit
- mov ecx, 3
- @Skip1_8bit:
- mov FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $1c
- and edx, $1c
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $1c
- jbe @Skip2_8bit
- mov ecx, $1c
- @Skip2_8bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $e0
- and edx, $e0
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $e0
- jbe @Skip3_8bit
- mov ecx, $e0
- @Skip3_8bit:
- or ecx, FinalColor
- mov [eax], cl
- jmp @Quit
- @Not8bit:
- cmp Bits, 15
- jne @Not15bit
- shl eax, 1
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2
- mov ecx, [eax]
- and ecx, $00007fff
- mov SrcColor, ecx
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $1f
- and edx, $1f
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $1f
- jbe @Skip1_15bit
- mov ecx, $1f
- @Skip1_15bit:
- mov FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $03e0
- and edx, $03e0
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $03e0
- jbe @Skip2_15bit
- mov ecx, $03e0
- @Skip2_15bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $7c00
- and edx, $7c00
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $7c00
- jbe @Skip3_15bit
- mov ecx, $7c00
- @Skip3_15bit:
- or ecx, FinalColor
- mov [eax], cx
- jmp @Quit
- @Not15Bit:
- cmp Bits, 16
- jne @Not16bit
- shl eax, 1
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2
- mov ecx, [eax]
- and ecx, $0000ffff
- mov SrcColor, ecx
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $1f
- and edx, $1f
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $1f
- jbe @Skip1_16bit
- mov ecx, $1f
- @Skip1_16bit:
- mov FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $07e0
- and edx, $07e0
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $07e0
- jbe @Skip2_16bit
- mov ecx, $07e0
- @Skip2_16bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $f800
- and edx, $f800
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $f800
- jbe @Skip3_16bit
- mov ecx, $f800
- @Skip3_16bit:
- or ecx, FinalColor
- mov [eax], cx
- jmp @Quit
- @Not16Bit:
- cmp Bits, 24
- jne @Not24bit
- mov ecx, 0
- add ecx, eax
- shl ecx, 1
- add ecx, eax
- mov eax, ecx
- jmp @32bit
- @Not24bit:
- shl eax, 2
- @32bit:
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2
- mov ecx, [eax]
- mov FinalColor, ecx
- and FinalColor, $ff000000
- and ecx, $00ffffff
- mov SrcColor, ecx
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $000000ff
- and edx, $000000ff
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $000000ff
- jbe @Skip1_32bit
- mov ecx, $000000ff
- @Skip1_32bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $0000ff00
- and edx, $0000ff00
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $0000ff00
- jbe @Skip2_32bit
- mov ecx, $0000ff00
- @Skip2_32bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $00ff0000
- and edx, $00ff0000
- add ecx, edx
- cmp ecx, $00ff0000
- jbe @Skip3_32bit
- mov ecx, $00ff0000
- @Skip3_32bit:
- or ecx, FinalColor
- mov [eax], ecx
- @Quit:
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_SubPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- SrcColor, FinalColor : cardinal;
- Addr, Pitch, Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if Color = 0 then
- exit;
- Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels );
- Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch;
- Bits := SrcSurface.format.BitsPerPixel;
- asm
- mov eax, y
- mul Pitch // EAX := y * Pitch
- add Addr, eax // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch)
- mov eax, x
- cmp Bits, 8
- jne @Not8bit
- add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x
- mov cl, [eax]
- movzx ecx, cl
- mov SrcColor, ecx
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, 3
- and edx, 3
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip1_8bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip1_8bit:
- mov FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $1c
- and edx, $1c
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip2_8bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip2_8bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $e0
- and edx, $e0
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip3_8bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip3_8bit:
- or ecx, FinalColor
- mov [eax], cl
- jmp @Quit
- @Not8bit:
- cmp Bits, 15
- jne @Not15bit
- shl eax, 1
- add eax, Addr
- mov ecx, [eax]
- and ecx, $00007fff
- mov SrcColor, ecx
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $1f
- and edx, $1f
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip1_15bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip1_15bit:
- mov FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $03e0
- and edx, $03e0
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip2_15bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip2_15bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $7c00
- and edx, $7c00
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip3_15bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip3_15bit:
- or ecx, FinalColor
- mov [eax], cx
- jmp @Quit
- @Not15Bit:
- cmp Bits, 16
- jne @Not16bit
- shl eax, 1
- add eax, Addr
- mov ecx, [eax]
- and ecx, $0000ffff
- mov SrcColor, ecx
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $1f
- and edx, $1f
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip1_16bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip1_16bit:
- mov FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $07e0
- and edx, $07e0
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip2_16bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip2_16bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $f800
- and edx, $f800
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip3_16bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip3_16bit:
- or ecx, FinalColor
- mov [eax], cx
- jmp @Quit
- @Not16Bit:
- cmp Bits, 24
- jne @Not24bit
- mov ecx, 0
- add ecx, eax
- shl ecx, 1
- add ecx, eax
- mov eax, ecx
- jmp @32bit
- @Not24bit:
- shl eax, 2
- @32bit:
- add eax, Addr
- mov ecx, [eax]
- mov FinalColor, ecx
- and FinalColor, $ff000000
- and ecx, $00ffffff
- mov SrcColor, ecx
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $000000ff
- and edx, $000000ff
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip1_32bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip1_32bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $0000ff00
- and edx, $0000ff00
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip2_32bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip2_32bit:
- or FinalColor, ecx
- mov ecx, SrcColor
- mov edx, Color
- and ecx, $00ff0000
- and edx, $00ff0000
- sub ecx, edx
- jns @Skip3_32bit
- mov ecx, 0
- @Skip3_32bit:
- or ecx, FinalColor
- mov [eax], ecx
- @Quit:
- end;
-end;
-
-// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
-// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
-procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
-begin
- dx := x2 - x1;
- dy := y2 - y1;
- if dx < 0 then
- sdx := -1
- else
- sdx := 1;
- if dy < 0 then
- sdy := -1
- else
- sdy := 1;
- dx := sdx * dx + 1;
- dy := sdy * dy + 1;
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- px := x1;
- py := y1;
- if dx >= dy then
- begin
- for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- y := y + dy;
- if y >= dx then
- begin
- y := y - dx;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- end
- else
- begin
- for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- x := x + dx;
- if x >= dy then
- begin
- x := x - dy;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
-// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
-procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal ; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
-var
- dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean;
-begin
- counter := 0;
- drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash
-
- //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters
- if (DashLength < 1)
- then DashLength := 1;
- if (DashSpace < 1)
- then DashSpace := 0;
-
- dx := x2 - x1;
- dy := y2 - y1;
- if dx < 0 then
- sdx := -1
- else
- sdx := 1;
- if dy < 0 then
- sdy := -1
- else
- sdy := 1;
- dx := sdx * dx + 1;
- dy := sdy * dy + 1;
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- px := x1;
- py := y1;
- if dx >= dy then
- begin
- for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
-
- //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
- if drawdash then
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- inc(counter);
- if (counter > DashLength-1) and (DashSpace > 0) then
- begin
- drawdash := false;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end
- else //space
- begin
- inc(counter);
- if counter > DashSpace-1 then
- begin
- drawdash := true;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end;
-
- y := y + dy;
- if y >= dx then
- begin
- y := y - dx;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- end
- else
- begin
- for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
- begin
-
- //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
- if drawdash then
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- inc(counter);
- if (counter > DashLength-1) and (DashSpace > 0) then
- begin
- drawdash := false;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end
- else //space
- begin
- inc(counter);
- if counter > DashSpace-1 then
- begin
- drawdash := true;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end;
-
- x := x + dx;
- if x >= dy then
- begin
- x := x - dy;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
-begin
- dx := x2 - x1;
- dy := y2 - y1;
- if dx < 0 then
- sdx := -1
- else
- sdx := 1;
- if dy < 0 then
- sdy := -1
- else
- sdy := 1;
- dx := sdx * dx + 1;
- dy := sdy * dy + 1;
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- px := x1;
- py := y1;
- if dx >= dy then
- begin
- for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- y := y + dy;
- if y >= dx then
- begin
- y := y - dx;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- end
- else
- begin
- for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- x := x + dx;
- if x >= dy then
- begin
- x := x - dy;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
-begin
- dx := x2 - x1;
- dy := y2 - y1;
- if dx < 0 then
- sdx := -1
- else
- sdx := 1;
- if dy < 0 then
- sdy := -1
- else
- sdy := 1;
- dx := sdx * dx + 1;
- dy := sdy * dy + 1;
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- px := x1;
- py := y1;
- if dx >= dy then
- begin
- for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- y := y + dy;
- if y >= dx then
- begin
- y := y - dx;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- end
- else
- begin
- for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- x := x + dx;
- if x >= dy then
- begin
- x := x - dy;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces.
-// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed
-// palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping.
-procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
- // TransparentColor: cardinal;
- _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- // TransparentColor := format.ColorKey;
- end;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- case bits of
- 8 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- cmp al, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything
- mov esp, eax // ESP - source color
- mov bl, [edi] // BL := destination color
- mov dl, bl // DL := destination color
- and ax, $03 // Adding BLUE
- and bl, $03
- add al, bl
- cmp al, $03
- jbe @Skip1
- mov al, $03
- @Skip1:
- mov cl, al
- mov eax, esp // Adding GREEN
- mov bl, dl
- and al, $1c
- and bl, $1c
- add al, bl
- cmp al, $1c
- jbe @Skip2
- mov al, $1c
- @Skip2:
- or cl, al
- mov eax, esp // Adding RED
- mov bl, dl
- and ax, $e0
- and bx, $e0
- add ax, bx
- cmp ax, $e0
- jbe @Skip3
- mov al, $e0
- @Skip3:
- or cl, al
- mov [edi], cl
- @SkipColor:
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 15 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp ax, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything
- mov esp, eax // ESP - source color
- mov bx, [edi] // BX := destination color
- mov dx, bx // DX := destination color
- and ax, $001F // Adding BLUE
- and bx, $001F
- add ax, bx
- cmp ax, $001F
- jbe @Skip1
- mov ax, $001F
- @Skip1:
- mov cx, ax
- mov eax, esp // Adding GREEN
- mov bx, dx
- and ax, $3E0
- and bx, $3E0
- add ax, bx
- cmp ax, $3E0
- jbe @Skip2
- mov ax, $3E0
- @Skip2:
- or cx, ax
- mov eax, esp // Adding RED
- mov bx, dx
- and ax, $7C00
- and bx, $7C00
- add ax, bx
- cmp ax, $7C00
- jbe @Skip3
- mov ax, $7C00
- @Skip3:
- or cx, ax
- mov [edi], cx
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 2
- add edi, 2
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 16 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp ax, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything
- mov esp, eax // ESP - source color
- mov bx, [edi] // BX := destination color
- mov dx, bx // DX := destination color
- and ax, $1F // Adding BLUE
- and bx, $1F
- add ax, bx
- cmp ax, $1F
- jbe @Skip1
- mov ax, $1F
- @Skip1:
- mov cx, ax
- mov eax, esp // Adding GREEN
- mov bx, dx
- and ax, $7E0
- and bx, $7E0
- add ax, bx
- cmp ax, $7E0
- jbe @Skip2
- mov ax, $7E0
- @Skip2:
- or cx, ax
- mov eax, esp // Adding RED
- mov bx, dx
- and eax, $F800
- and ebx, $F800
- add eax, ebx
- cmp eax, $F800
- jbe @Skip3
- mov ax, $F800
- @Skip3:
- or cx, ax
- mov [edi], cx
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 2
- add edi, 2
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 24 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 2
- add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 3
- @Loopx:
- mov bl, [edi] // BX := destination color
- mov al, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp al, 0
- je @Skip // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT
- mov ah, 0 // AX := COLOR COMPONENT
- mov bh, 0
- add bx, ax
- cmp bx, $00ff
- jb @Skip
- mov bl, $ff
- @Skip:
- mov [edi], bl
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 32 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- shl ax, 2
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 4
- @Loopx:
- mov bl, [edi] // BX := destination color
- mov al, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp al, 0
- je @Skip // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT
- mov ah, 0 // AX := COLOR COMPONENT
- mov bh, 0
- add bx, ax
- cmp bx, $00ff
- jb @Skip
- mov bl, $ff
- @Skip:
- mov [edi], bl
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
- _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- end;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- case bits of
- 8 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- cmp al, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AL=0 then skip everything
- mov esp, eax // ESP - source color
- mov bl, [edi] // BL := destination color
- mov dl, bl // DL := destination color
- and al, $03 // Subtract BLUE
- and bl, $03
- sub bl, al
- jns @Skip1
- mov bl, 0
- @Skip1:
- mov cl, bl
- mov eax, esp // Subtract GREEN
- mov bl, dl
- and al, $1c
- and bl, $1c
- sub bl, al
- jns @Skip2
- mov bl, 0
- @Skip2:
- or cl, bl
- mov eax, esp // Subtract RED
- mov bl, dl
- and ax, $e0
- and bx, $e0
- sub bx, ax
- jns @Skip3
- mov bl, 0
- @Skip3:
- or cl, bl
- mov [edi], cl
- @SkipColor:
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 15 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp ax, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything
- mov esp, eax // ESP - source color
- mov bx, [edi] // BX := destination color
- mov dx, bx // DX := destination color
- and ax, $001F // Subtract BLUE
- and bx, $001F
- sub bx, ax
- jns @Skip1
- mov bx, 0
- @Skip1:
- mov cx, bx
- mov eax, esp // Subtract GREEN
- mov bx, dx
- and ax, $3E0
- and bx, $3E0
- sub bx, ax
- jns @Skip2
- mov bx, 0
- @Skip2:
- or cx, bx
- mov eax, esp // Subtract RED
- mov bx, dx
- and ax, $7C00
- and bx, $7C00
- sub bx, ax
- jns @Skip3
- mov bx, 0
- @Skip3:
- or cx, bx
- mov [edi], cx
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 2
- add edi, 2
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 16 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp ax, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything
- mov esp, eax // ESP - source color
- mov bx, [edi] // BX := destination color
- mov dx, bx // DX := destination color
- and ax, $1F // Subtracting BLUE
- and bx, $1F
- sub bx, ax
- jns @Skip1
- mov bx, 0
- @Skip1:
- mov cx, bx
- mov eax, esp // Adding GREEN
- mov bx, dx
- and ax, $7E0
- and bx, $7E0
- sub bx, ax
- jns @Skip2
- mov bx, 0
- @Skip2:
- or cx, bx
- mov eax, esp // Adding RED
- mov bx, dx
- and eax, $F800
- and ebx, $F800
- sub ebx, eax
- jns @Skip3
- mov bx, 0
- @Skip3:
- or cx, bx
- mov [edi], cx
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 2
- add edi, 2
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 24 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 2
- add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 3
- @Loopx:
- mov bl, [edi] // BX := destination color
- mov al, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp al, 0
- je @Skip // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT
- mov ah, 0 // AX := COLOR COMPONENT
- mov bh, 0
- sub bx, ax
- jns @Skip
- mov bl, 0
- @Skip:
- mov [edi], bl
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 32 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- shl ax, 2
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 4
- @Loopx:
- mov bl, [edi] // BX := destination color
- mov al, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp al, 0
- je @Skip // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT
- mov ah, 0 // AX := COLOR COMPONENT
- mov bh, 0
- sub bx, ax
- jns @Skip
- mov bl, 0
- @Skip:
- mov [edi], bl
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
-var
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
- _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- SrcTransparentColor : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcTransparentColor := format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- case bits of
- 8 :
- asm
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- mov ecx, Color
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- movzx eax, al
- cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
- je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
- mov [edi], cl
- @SkipColor:
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- end;
- 15, 16 :
- asm
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- mov ecx, Color
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- movzx eax, ax
- cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
- je @SkipColor // if AX=Transparent color then skip everything
- mov [edi], cx
- @SkipColor:
- inc esi
- inc esi
- inc edi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- end;
- 24 :
- asm
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- mov ecx, Color
- and ecx, $00ffffff
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov eax, [esi] // EAX := source color
- and eax, $00ffffff
- cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
- je @SkipColor // if EAX=Transparent color then skip everything
- mov ebx, [edi]
- and ebx, $ff000000
- or ebx, ecx
- mov [edi], ecx
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 3
- add edi, 3
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp, _esp
- mov edi, _edi
- mov esi, _esi
- mov ebx, _ebx
- end;
- 32 :
- asm
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- mov ecx, Color
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov eax, [esi] // EAX := source color
- cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
- je @SkipColor // if EAX=Transparent color then skip everything
- mov [edi], ecx
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 4
- add edi, 4
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp, _esp
- mov edi, _edi
- mov esi, _esi
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
-end;
-// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used.
-// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!!
-
-procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
- TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : cardinal;
- _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal;
- SrcTransparentColor : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcTransparentColor := format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- with Texture^ do
- begin
- TextAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch +
- UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( Texture );
- case bits of
- 8 :
- asm
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ebx, TextAddr
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- movzx eax, al
- cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
- je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
- mov al, [ebx]
- mov [edi], al
- @SkipColor:
- inc esi
- inc edi
- inc ebx
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- add ebx, TextMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx, _ebx
- end;
- 15, 16 :
- asm
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ecx, TextAddr
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AL := source color
- movzx eax, ax
- cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
- je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
- mov ax, [ecx]
- mov [edi], ax
- @SkipColor:
- inc esi
- inc esi
- inc edi
- inc edi
- inc ecx
- inc ecx
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- add ecx, TextMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- end;
- 24 :
- asm
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ebx, TextAddr
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov eax, [esi] // AL := source color
- and eax, $00ffffff
- cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
- je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
- mov eax, [ebx]
- and eax, $00ffffff
- mov ecx, [edi]
- and ecx, $ff000000
- or ecx, eax
- mov [edi], eax
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 3
- add edi, 3
- add ebx, 3
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- add ebx, TextMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx, _ebx
- end;
- 32 :
- asm
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ecx, TextAddr
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov eax, [esi] // AL := source color
- cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
- je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
- mov eax, [ecx]
- mov [edi], eax
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 4
- add edi, 4
- add ecx, 4
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- add ecx, TextMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- xc, yc : cardinal;
- rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal;
- color : cardinal;
- modx, mody : cardinal;
-begin
- // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!!
- if srcrect = nil then
- srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect;
- if dstrect = nil then
- dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect;
- if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 );
- mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 );
- //rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
- ry := srcrect.y * 65536;
- wy := dstrect.y;
- for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do
- begin
- rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
- wx := dstrect.x;
- ry16 := ry shr 16;
- for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do
- begin
- color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 );
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color );
- rx := rx + modx;
- inc( wx );
- end;
- ry := ry + mody;
- inc( wy );
- end;
- if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
-end;
-// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices
-// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY
-
-procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
-const
- SHIFTS = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20)
- THRESH = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value
- procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal );
- var
- tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint;
- mx, my : cardinal;
- cr : cardinal;
- begin
- // Does the destination area specify a single pixel?
- if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then
- begin // Yes
- cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) );
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr );
- end
- else
- begin // No
- // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse
- tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1;
- tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1;
- bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
- bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
- lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1;
- lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1;
- rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
- rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
- m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1;
- m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1;
- mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1;
- my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1;
- CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my );
- CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my );
- CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 );
- CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 );
- end;
- end;
-var
- _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint;
- Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer;
-begin
- if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- Rect_x := 0;
- Rect_y := 0;
- Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
- Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
- end
- else
- begin
- Rect_x := SrcRect.x;
- Rect_y := SrcRect.y;
- Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
- Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
- end;
- // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error.
- _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS;
- _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS;
- _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS;
- _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS;
- _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS;
- _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS;
- _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS;
- _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS;
- CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h );
- if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
-end;
-
-// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface
-procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- TmpRect : TSDL_Rect;
- Locked : boolean;
- y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer;
- Row1, Row2 : Pointer;
- OneRow : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish
-begin
- if DstSurface <> nil then
- begin
- if Rect = nil then
- begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface
- TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
- Rect := @TmpRect;
- end;
- FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1;
- RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel;
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- begin
- Locked := true;
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- end
- else
- Locked := false;
- Row1 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.Pitch );
- Row2 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 )
- * DstSurface^.Pitch );
- for y := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength );
- Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength );
- Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength );
- inc( cardinal( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
- dec( cardinal( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
- end;
- if Locked then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- end;
-end;
-
-// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface
-procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
-type
- T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte;
- T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit;
- P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray;
- TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord;
- PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray;
-var
- TmpRect : TSDL_Rect;
- Row8bit : PByteArray;
- Row16bit : PWordArray;
- Row24bit : P24bitArray;
- Row32bit : PLongWordArray;
- y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer;
- Pixel : cardinal;
- Pixel24 : T24bit;
- Locked : boolean;
-begin
- if DstSurface <> nil then
- begin
- if Rect = nil then
- begin
- TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
- Rect := @TmpRect;
- end;
- FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1;
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- begin
- Locked := true;
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- end
- else
- Locked := false;
- case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of
- 1 :
- begin
- Row8Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.pitch );
- for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
- begin
- RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
- for x := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ];
- Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ];
- Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
- dec( RightSide );
- end;
- inc( cardinal( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
- end;
- end;
- 2 :
- begin
- Row16Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.pitch );
- for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
- begin
- RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
- for x := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ];
- Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ];
- Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
- dec( RightSide );
- end;
- inc( cardinal( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
- end;
- end;
- 3 :
- begin
- Row24Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.pitch );
- for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
- begin
- RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
- for x := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ];
- Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ];
- Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24;
- dec( RightSide );
- end;
- inc( cardinal( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
- end;
- end;
- 4 :
- begin
- Row32Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.pitch );
- for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
- begin
- RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
- for x := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ];
- Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ];
- Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
- dec( RightSide );
- end;
- inc( cardinal( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
- end;
- end;
- end;
- if Locked then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- end;
-end;
-
-// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer.
-// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!!
-function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
-var
- Rect : PSDL_Rect;
-begin
- New( Rect );
- with Rect^ do
- begin
- x := aLeft;
- y := aTop;
- w := aWidth;
- h := aHeight;
- end;
- Result := Rect;
-end;
-
-function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect;
-begin
- with result do
- begin
- x := aLeft;
- y := aTop;
- w := aWidth;
- h := aHeight;
- end;
-end;
-
-function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect;
-begin
- with aRect do
- result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw,
- depth : integer );
-var
- dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer;
- src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16;
- src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
-begin
- if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then
- exit;
- dx := ( x2 - x1 );
- dy := ( y2 - y1 );
- dy := dy shl 1;
- e := dy - dx;
- dx2 := dx shl 1;
- src_pitch := Surface^.pitch;
- dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch;
- src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth );
- dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 *
- depth );
- for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
- while ( e >= 0 ) do
- begin
- inc( src_pixels, depth );
- e := e - dx2;
- end;
- inc( dst_pixels, depth );
- e := e + dy;
- end;
-end;
-
-function sign( x : integer ) : integer;
-begin
- if x > 0 then
- result := 1
- else
- result := -1;
-end;
-
-// Stretches a part of a surface
-function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
- Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
-var
- dst_surface : PSDL_Surface;
- dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer;
- destx1, desty1 : integer;
-begin
- srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW;
- srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH;
- result := nil;
- destx1 := 0;
- desty1 := 0;
- dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) );
- dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) );
- e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx;
- dx2 := dx shl 1;
- dy := dy shl 1;
- dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height -
- desty1,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask );
- if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
- SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
- SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey );
- if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then
- if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then
- exit;
- for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1,
- SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel );
- while e >= 0 do
- begin
- inc( SrcY1 );
- e := e - dx2;
- end;
- inc( desty1 );
- e := e + dy;
- end;
- if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface );
- result := dst_surface;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
-var
- r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect;
- //buffer: PSDL_Surface;
- YPos : Integer;
-begin
- if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then
- begin
- //if DifY > 0 then // going up
- //begin
- ypos := 0;
- r1.x := 0;
- r2.x := 0;
- r1.w := DstSurface.w;
- r2.w := DstSurface.w;
- r1.h := DifY;
- r2.h := DifY;
- while ypos < DstSurface.h do
- begin
- r1.y := ypos;
- r2.y := ypos + DifY;
- SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 );
- ypos := ypos + DifY;
- end;
- //end
- //else
- //begin // Going Down
- //end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
-var
- r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect;
- buffer : PSDL_Surface;
-begin
- if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then
- begin
- buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2,
- DstSurface^.h * 2,
- DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
- DstSurface^.Format^.RMask,
- DstSurface^.Format^.GMask,
- DstSurface^.Format^.BMask,
- DstSurface^.Format^.AMask );
- if buffer <> nil then
- begin
- if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
- SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
- r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
- r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
- SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 );
- SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 );
- SDL_FreeSurface( buffer );
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
- PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
-var
- aSin, aCos : Single;
- MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer;
- Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32;
- MAXX, MAXY : Integer;
-begin
- // Rotate the surface to the target surface.
- TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey;
- if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then
- begin
- Width := srcRect.w;
- Height := srcRect.w;
- end
- else
- begin
- Width := srcRect.h;
- Height := srcRect.h;
- end;
-
- maxx := DstSurface.w;
- maxy := DstSurface.h;
- aCos := cos( Angle );
- aSin := sin( Angle );
-
- Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) );
- Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) );
-
- OX := Width div 2;
- OY := Height div 2; ;
- MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2;
- MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2;
- ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx;
- ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY;
- Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos );
- Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos );
- SX := 0;
- for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do
- begin
- Inc( SX );
- SY := 0;
- for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do
- begin
- RX := SX - OX;
- RY := SY - OY;
- NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); //
- NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); //
- // Used for testing only
- //SDL_PutPixel(DstSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0);
- if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then
- begin
- if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then
- begin
- if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then
- begin
- Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY );
- if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour );
- end;
- end;
- end;
- end;
- inc( SY );
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
- PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
-begin
- SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) );
-end;
-
-function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
-var
- RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
- OutOfRange : Boolean;
-begin
- OutOfRange := false;
- if dstrect = nil then
- begin
- RealRect.x := 0;
- RealRect.y := 0;
- RealRect.w := DstSurface.w;
- RealRect.h := DstSurface.h;
- end
- else
- begin
- if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then
- begin
- RealRect.x := dstrect.x;
- end
- else if dstrect.x < 0 then
- begin
- realrect.x := 0;
- end
- else
- begin
- OutOfRange := True;
- end;
- if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then
- begin
- RealRect.y := dstrect.y;
- end
- else if dstrect.y < 0 then
- begin
- realrect.y := 0;
- end
- else
- begin
- OutOfRange := True;
- end;
- if OutOfRange = False then
- begin
- if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then
- begin
- RealRect.w := dstrect.w;
- end
- else
- begin
- RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x;
- end;
- if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then
- begin
- RealRect.h := dstrect.h;
- end
- else
- begin
- RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y;
- end;
- end;
- end;
- if OutOfRange = False then
- begin
- result := realrect;
- end
- else
- begin
- realrect.w := 0;
- realrect.h := 0;
- realrect.x := 0;
- realrect.y := 0;
- result := realrect;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
-var
- RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
- Addr : pointer;
- ModX, BPP : cardinal;
- x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
-begin
- RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
- if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
- begin
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
- ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
- end;
- case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
- 8 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
- G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
- B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
- if R > $E0 then
- R := $E0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := $1C;
- if B > $03 then
- B := $03;
- PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
- G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
- if R > $7C00 then
- R := $7C00;
- if G > $03E0 then
- G := $03E0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := $001F;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
- G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
- if R > $F800 then
- R := $F800;
- if G > $07C0 then
- G := $07C0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := $001F;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := $FF0000;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := $00FF00;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := $0000FF;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := $FF0000;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := $00FF00;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := $0000FF;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
-var
- RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
- Addr : pointer;
- ModX, BPP : cardinal;
- x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
-begin
- RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
- if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
- begin
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
- ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
- end;
- case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
- 8 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
- G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
- B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
- if R > $E0 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := 0;
- if B > $03 then
- B := 0;
- PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
- G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
- if R > $7C00 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $03E0 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := 0;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
- G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
- if R > $F800 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $07C0 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := 0;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := 0;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := 0;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
-var
- FBC : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal;
- // temp vars
- i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer;
-
- TempStepV, TempStepH : Single;
- TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer;
- TempRect : TSDL_Rect;
-
-begin
- // calc FBC
- YR := StartColor.r;
- YG := StartColor.g;
- YB := StartColor.b;
- SR := YR;
- SG := YG;
- SB := YB;
- DR := EndColor.r - SR;
- DG := EndColor.g - SG;
- DB := EndColor.b - SB;
-
- for i := 0 to 255 do
- begin
- FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB );
- YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i );
- YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i );
- YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i );
- end;
-
- // if aStyle = 1 then begin
- TempStepH := Rect.w / 255;
- TempStepV := Rect.h / 255;
- TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 );
- TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 );
- TempTop := 0;
- TempLeft := 0;
- TempRect.x := Rect.x;
- TempRect.y := Rect.y;
- TempRect.h := Rect.h;
- TempRect.w := Rect.w;
-
- case Style of
- gsHorizontal :
- begin
- TempRect.h := TempHeight;
- for i := 0 to 255 do
- begin
- TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop;
- SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
- TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i );
- end;
- end;
- gsVertical :
- begin
- TempRect.w := TempWidth;
- for i := 0 to 255 do
- begin
- TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft;
- SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
- TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i );
- end;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-var
- ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
- SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32;
-begin
- if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
- exit;
- if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
- exit;
- if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
- exit;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
-
- ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
- WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
-
- SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
- DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
-
- w := Src.w;
- h := Src.h;
-
- case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
- 1 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], al
- mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
-
- inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr);
- add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 2 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], ax
- mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
-
- add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2);
- add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 3 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- and eax, $00ffffff
- and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000
- or [edx], eax
- and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- or [edx + 3], eax
- and dword ptr [edx + ebx], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- or [edx + ebx], eax
- and dword ptr [edx + ebx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- or [edx + ebx + 3], eax
-
- add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3);
- add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 4 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], eax
- mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
-
- add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4);
- add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- end;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-var
- ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
- SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32;
-begin
- if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
- exit;
- if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
- exit;
- if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
- exit;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
-
- ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
- WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
-
- SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
- DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
-
- w := Src.w;
- h := Src.h;
-
- case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
- 1 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
-
- @LoopX:
- mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], al
- mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
-
- inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr);
- add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 2 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
-
- @LoopX:
- mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], ax
- mov [edx + 2], eax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
-
- add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2);
- add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 3 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
-
- @LoopX:
- mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- and eax, $00ffffff
- and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000
- or [edx], eax
- and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- or [edx + 3], eax
-
- add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3);
- add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 4 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
-
- @LoopX:
- mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], eax
- mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
-
- add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4);
- add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- end;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-var
- ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
- SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32;
-begin
- if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
- exit;
- if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
- exit;
- if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
- exit;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
-
- ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
- WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
-
- SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
- DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
-
- w := Src.w;
- h := Src.h;
-
- case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of
- 8 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], al
- mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
- shr al, 1
- and al, $6d
- mov [edx + ebx], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
-
- inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr);
- add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 15 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], ax
- mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- shr ax, 1
- and ax, $3def
- mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
-
- add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2);
- add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 16 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], ax
- mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- shr ax, 1
- and ax, $7bef
- mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
-
- add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2);
- add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 24 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- and eax, $00ffffff
- and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000
- or [edx], eax
- and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- or [edx + 3], eax
- shr eax, 1
- and eax, $007f7f7f
- and dword ptr [edx + ebx], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- or [edx + ebx], eax
- and dword ptr [edx + ebx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
- or [edx + ebx + 3], eax
-
- add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3);
- add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- 32 :
- asm
- push ebx
- mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
- mov y, eax
- @LoopY:
- mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- mov ReadAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- mov WriteAddr, eax
-
- mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
- mov x, eax
-
- mov ecx, ReadAddr
- mov edx, WriteAddr
- mov ebx, DestPitch
-
- @LoopX:
- mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx], eax
- mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
- shr eax, 1
- and eax, $7f7f7f7f
- mov [edx + ebx], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
- mov [edx + ebx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
-
- add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4);
- add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8);
-
- dec x
- jnz @LoopX
-
- mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
- add ReadRow, eax
-
- mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
- add WriteRow, eax
- add WriteRow, eax
-
- dec y
- jnz @LoopY
- pop ebx
- end;
- end;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
-end;
-
-function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
-boolean;
-var
- Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
- right1, bottom1 : integer;
- right2, bottom2 : integer;
- Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
- Mod1: cardinal;
- Addr1 : cardinal;
- BPP : cardinal;
- Pitch1 : cardinal;
- TransparentColor1 : cardinal;
- tx, ty : cardinal;
- StartTick : cardinal;
- Color1 : cardinal;
-begin
- Result := false;
- if SrcRect1 = nil then
- begin
- with Src_Rect1 do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface1.w;
- h := SrcSurface1.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
-
- Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
- with Src_Rect1 do
- begin
- Right1 := Left1 + w;
- Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
- end;
- with Src_Rect2 do
- begin
- Right2 := Left2 + w;
- Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
- end;
- if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or (
-Bottom1 <=
- Top2 ) then
- exit;
- if Left1 <= Left2 then
- begin
- // 1. left, 2. right
- Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
- Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
- ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
- with Src_Rect2 do
- if ScanWidth > w then
- ScanWidth := w;
- end
- else
- begin
- // 1. right, 2. left
- Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
- Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
- ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
- with Src_Rect1 do
- if ScanWidth > w then
- ScanWidth := w;
- end;
- with SrcSurface1^ do
- begin
- Pitch1 := Pitch;
- Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels );
- inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
- with format^ do
- begin
- BPP := BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
- end;
- end;
-
- Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
-
- inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
-
- if Top1 <= Top2 then
- begin
- // 1. up, 2. down
- ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
- if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
- ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
- inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
- end
- else
- begin
- // 1. down, 2. up
- ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
- if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
- ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
-
- end;
- case BPP of
- 1 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1 );
-
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
-
- end;
- 2 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 2 );
-
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
-
- end;
- 3 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
-
- if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 )
- then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 3 );
-
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
-
- end;
- 4 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 4 );
-
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
-
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr, TransparentColor : cardinal;
- // TransparentColor: cardinal;
- _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- cmp al, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything
- cmp al, byte ptr TransparentColor
- je @SkipColor
- or al, [edi]
- mov [edi], al
- @SkipColor:
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 15 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp ax, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything
- cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor
- je @SkipColor
- or ax, [edi]
- mov [edi], ax
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 2
- add edi, 2
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 16 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp ax, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything
- cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor
- je @SkipColor
- or ax, [edi]
- mov [edi], ax
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 2
- add edi, 2
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 24 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 2
- add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 3
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- or al, [edi]
- mov [edi], al
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 32 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- shl ax, 2
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 4
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- or al, [edi]
- mov [edi], al
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr, TransparentColor : cardinal;
- // TransparentColor: cardinal;
- _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- cmp al, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything
- cmp al, byte ptr TransparentColor
- je @SkipColor
- and al, [edi]
- mov [edi], al
- @SkipColor:
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 15 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp ax, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything
- cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor
- je @SkipColor
- and ax, [edi]
- mov [edi], ax
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 2
- add edi, 2
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 16 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- @Loopx:
- mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color
- cmp ax, 0
- je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything
- cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor
- je @SkipColor
- and ax, [edi]
- mov [edi], ax
- @SkipColor:
- add esi, 2
- add edi, 2
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 24 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w
- add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 2
- add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 3
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- and al, [edi]
- mov [edi], al
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- 32 :
- asm
- mov _ebx, ebx
- mov _esi, esi
- mov _edi, edi
- mov _esp, esp
- mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset
- mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset
- mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h
- mov WorkY, ax
- @LoopY:
- mov ax, Src.w
- shl ax, 2
- mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 4
- @Loopx:
- mov al, [esi] // AL := source color
- and al, [edi]
- mov [edi], al
- inc esi
- inc edi
- dec WorkX
- jnz @LoopX
- add esi, SrcMod
- add edi, DestMod
- dec WorkY
- jnz @LoopY
- mov esp,_esp
- mov edi,_edi
- mov esi,_esi
- mov ebx,_ebx
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-
-procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then R := Pixel2 and $E0 else R := Pixel1 and $E0;
- if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then G := Pixel2 and $1C else G := Pixel1 and $1C;
- if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then B := Pixel2 and $03 else B := Pixel1 and $03;
-
- if R > $E0 then
- R := $E0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := $1C;
- if B > $03 then
- B := $03;
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then R := Pixel2 and $7C00 else R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
- if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then G := Pixel2 and $03E0 else G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
- if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then R := Pixel2 and $F800 else R := Pixel1 and $F800;
- if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then G := Pixel2 and $07E0 else G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
- if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
- inc( DestAddr, 3 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
- inc( DestAddr, 4 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-
-procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then R := Pixel2 and $E0 else R := Pixel1 and $E0;
- if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then G := Pixel2 and $1C else G := Pixel1 and $1C;
- if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then B := Pixel2 and $03 else B := Pixel1 and $03;
-
- if R > $E0 then
- R := $E0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := $1C;
- if B > $03 then
- B := $03;
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then R := Pixel2 and $7C00 else R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
- if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then G := Pixel2 and $03E0 else G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
- if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then R := Pixel2 and $F800 else R := Pixel1 and $F800;
- if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then G := Pixel2 and $07E0 else G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
- if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
- inc( DestAddr, 3 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
- inc( DestAddr, 4 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-function SDL_ClipLine(var x1,y1,x2,y2: Integer; ClipRect: PSDL_Rect) : boolean;
-var tflag, flag1, flag2: word;
- txy, xedge, yedge: Integer;
- slope: single;
-
- function ClipCode(x,y: Integer): word;
- begin
- Result := 0;
- if x < ClipRect.x then Result := 1;
- if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then Result := Result or 2;
- if y < ClipRect.y then Result := Result or 4;
- if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then Result := Result or 8;
- end;
-
-begin
- flag1 := ClipCode(x1,y1);
- flag2 := ClipCode(x2,y2);
- result := true;
-
- while true do
- begin
- if (flag1 or flag2) = 0 then Exit; // all in
-
- if (flag1 and flag2) <> 0 then
- begin
- result := false;
- Exit; // all out
- end;
-
- if flag2 = 0 then
- begin
- txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy;
- txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy;
- tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag;
- end;
-
- if (flag2 and 3) <> 0 then
- begin
- if (flag2 and 1) <> 0 then
- xedge := ClipRect.x
- else
- xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x -1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
-
- slope := (y2 - y1) / (x2 - x1);
- y2 := y1 + Round(slope * (xedge - x1));
- x2 := xedge;
- end
- else
- begin
- if (flag2 and 4) <> 0 then
- yedge := ClipRect.y
- else
- yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y -1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
-
- slope := (x2 - x1) / (y2 - y1);
- x2 := x1 + Round(slope * (yedge - y1));
- y2 := yedge;
- end;
-
- flag2 := ClipCode(x2, y2);
- end;
-end;
-
-end.
-
-
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 094f4e0f..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,923 +0,0 @@
-unit sdlinput;
-{
- $Id: sdlinput.pas,v 1.9 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ SDL Input Wrapper }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2003 - 2100 Dominique Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ SDL Mouse, Keyboard and Joystick wrapper }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms }
-{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ March 12 2003 - DL : Initial creation }
-{ }
-{ February 02 2004 - DL : Added Custom Cursor Support to the Mouse class }
-{
- $Log: sdlinput.pas,v $
- Revision 1.9 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage
- Thanks to Dean for his MouseDelta patch.
-
- Revision 1.8 2005/08/03 18:57:32 savage
- Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class
-
- Revision 1.7 2004/09/30 22:32:04 savage
- Updated with slightly different header comments
-
- Revision 1.6 2004/09/12 21:52:58 savage
- Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes.
-
- Revision 1.5 2004/05/10 21:11:49 savage
- changes required to help get SoAoS off the ground.
-
- Revision 1.4 2004/05/03 22:38:40 savage
- Added the ability to enable or disable certain inputs @ runtime. Basically it just does not call UpdateInput if Enabled = false.
- Can also disable and enable input devices via the InputManager.
-
- Revision 1.3 2004/04/28 21:27:01 savage
- Updated Joystick code and event handlers. Needs testing...
-
- Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 22:36:29 savage
- Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule.
- Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures.
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-interface
-
-{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-uses
- Classes,
- sdl;
-
-type
- TSDLInputType = ( itJoystick , itKeyBoard, itMouse );
- TSDLInputTypes = set of TSDLInputType;
-
- TSDLCustomInput = class( TObject )
- private
- FEnabled: Boolean;
- public
- constructor Create;
- function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract;
- property Enabled : Boolean read FEnabled write FEnabled;
- end;
-
- TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent = procedure ( Which: UInt8; Axis: UInt8; Value: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent = procedure ( Which: UInt8; Ball: UInt8; RelativePos: TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent = procedure ( Which: UInt8; Hat: UInt8; Value: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLJoyButtonEvent = procedure ( Which: UInt8; Button: UInt8; State: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
-
-
- TSDLJoyStick = class( TSDLCustomInput )
- private
- FJoystick : PSDL_Joystick;
- FJoystickIndex : Integer;
- FJoyAxisMoveEvent : TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent;
- FJoyBallMoveEvent : TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent;
- FJoyHatMoveEvent : TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent;
- FJoyButtonDownEvent : TSDLJoyButtonEvent;
- FJoyButtonUpEvent : TSDLJoyButtonEvent;
- procedure DoAxisMove( Event : TSDL_Event );
- procedure DoBallMove( Event : TSDL_Event );
- procedure DoHatMove( Event : TSDL_Event );
- procedure DoButtonDown( Event : TSDL_Event );
- procedure DoButtonUp( Event : TSDL_Event );
- function GetName: PChar;
- function GetNumAxes: integer;
- function GetNumBalls: integer;
- function GetNumButtons: integer;
- function GetNumHats: integer;
- public
- constructor Create( Index : Integer );
- destructor Destroy; override;
- procedure Open;
- procedure Close;
- function UpdateInput( Event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override;
- property Name : PChar read GetName;
- property NumAxes : integer read GetNumAxes;
- property NumBalls : integer read GetNumBalls;
- property NumButtons : integer read GetNumButtons;
- property NumHats : integer read GetNumHats;
- property OnAxisMove : TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent read FJoyAxisMoveEvent write FJoyAxisMoveEvent;
- property OnBallMove : TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent read FJoyBallMoveEvent write FJoyBallMoveEvent;
- property OnHatMove : TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent read FJoyHatMoveEvent write FJoyHatMoveEvent;
- property OnButtonDown : TSDLJoyButtonEvent read FJoyButtonDownEvent write FJoyButtonDownEvent;
- property OnButtonUp : TSDLJoyButtonEvent read FJoyButtonUpEvent write FJoyButtonUpEvent;
- end;
-
- TSDLJoySticks = class( TObject )
- private
- FNumOfJoySticks: Integer;
- FJoyStickList : TList;
- function GetJoyStick(Index: integer): TSDLJoyStick;
- procedure SetJoyStick(Index: integer; const Value: TSDLJoyStick);
- public
- constructor Create;
- destructor Destroy; override;
- function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean;
- property NumOfJoySticks : Integer read FNumOfJoySticks write FNumOfJoySticks;
- property JoySticks[ Index : integer ] : TSDLJoyStick read GetJoyStick write SetJoyStick;
- end;
-
- TSDLKeyBoardEvent = procedure ( var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode : UInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
-
- TSDLKeyBoard = class( TSDLCustomInput )
- private
- FKeys : PKeyStateArr;
- FOnKeyUp: TSDLKeyBoardEvent;
- FOnKeyDown: TSDLKeyBoardEvent;
- procedure DoKeyDown( keysym : PSDL_keysym );
- procedure DoKeyUp( keysym : PSDL_keysym );
- public
- function IsKeyDown( Key : TSDLKey ) : Boolean;
- function IsKeyUp( Key : TSDLKey ) : Boolean;
- function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override;
- property Keys : PKeyStateArr read FKeys write FKeys;
- property OnKeyDown : TSDLKeyBoardEvent read FOnKeyDown write FOnKeyDown;
- property OnKeyUp : TSDLKeyBoardEvent read FOnKeyUp write FOnKeyUp;
- end;
-
- TSDLMouseButtonEvent = procedure ( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLMouseMoveEvent = procedure ( Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos : TPoint; RelativePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLMouseWheelEvent = procedure ( WheelDelta : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
-
- TSDLCustomCursor = class( TObject )
- private
- FFileName : string;
- FHotPoint: TPoint;
- procedure SetFileName(const aValue: string );
- function ScanForChar( str : string; ch : Char; startPos : Integer; lookFor : Boolean ) : Integer;
- public
- constructor Create( const aFileName : string; aHotPoint: TPoint );
- procedure LoadFromFile( const aFileName : string ); virtual; abstract;
- procedure LoadFromStream( aStream : TStream ); virtual; abstract;
- procedure Show; virtual; abstract;
- property FileName : string read FFileName write SetFileName;
- property HotPoint : TPoint read FHotPoint write FHotPoint;
- end;
-
- TSDLXPMCursor = class( TSDLCustomCursor )
- private
- FCursor : PSDL_Cursor;
- procedure FreeCursor;
- public
- destructor Destroy; override;
- procedure LoadFromFile( const aFileName : string ); override;
- procedure LoadFromStream( aStream : TStream ); override;
- procedure Show; override;
- end;
-
- TSDLCursorList = class( TStringList )
- protected
- function GetObject( aIndex : Integer ): TSDLCustomCursor; reintroduce;
- procedure PutObject( aIndex : Integer; AObject : TSDLCustomCursor); reintroduce;
- public
- constructor Create;
- function AddCursor(const aName : string; aObject : TSDLCustomCursor): Integer; virtual;
- end;
-
- TSDLMouse = class( TSDLCustomInput )
- private
- FDragging : Boolean;
- FMousePos : TPoint;
- FOnMouseUp: TSDLMouseButtonEvent;
- FOnMouseDown: TSDLMouseButtonEvent;
- FOnMouseMove: TSDLMouseMoveEvent;
- FOnMouseWheel: TSDLMouseWheelEvent;
- FCursorList : TSDLCursorList; // Cursor Pointer
- procedure DoMouseMove( Event: TSDL_Event );
- procedure DoMouseDown( Event: TSDL_Event );
- procedure DoMouseUp( Event: TSDL_Event );
- procedure DoMouseWheelScroll( Event: TSDL_Event );
- function GetMousePosition: TPoint;
- procedure SetMousePosition(const Value: TPoint);
- function GetMouseDelta: TPoint;
- public
- destructor Destroy; override;
- function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override;
- function MouseIsDown( Button : Integer ) : Boolean;
- function MouseIsUp( Button : Integer ) : Boolean;
- procedure ShowCursor;
- procedure HideCursor;
- property OnMouseDown : TSDLMouseButtonEvent read FOnMouseDown write FOnMouseDown;
- property OnMouseUp : TSDLMouseButtonEvent read FOnMouseUp write FOnMouseUp;
- property OnMouseMove : TSDLMouseMoveEvent read FOnMouseMove write FOnMouseMove;
- property OnMouseWheel : TSDLMouseWheelEvent read FOnMouseWheel write FOnMouseWheel;
- property MousePosition : TPoint read GetMousePosition write SetMousePosition;
- property MouseDelta: TPoint read GetMouseDelta;
- property Cursors : TSDLCursorList read FCursorList write FCursorList;
- end;
-
- TSDLInputManager = class( TObject )
- private
- FKeyBoard : TSDLKeyBoard;
- FMouse : TSDLMouse;
- FJoystick : TSDLJoysticks;
- public
- constructor Create( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes );
- destructor Destroy; override;
- procedure Disable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber : Integer = 0 );
- procedure Enable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber : Integer = 0 );
- function UpdateInputs( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean;
- property KeyBoard : TSDLKeyBoard read FKeyBoard write FKeyBoard;
- property Mouse : TSDLMouse read FMouse write FMouse;
- property JoyStick : TSDLJoysticks read FJoyStick write FJoyStick;
- end;
-
-implementation
-
-uses
- SysUtils;
-
-{ TSDLCustomInput }
-constructor TSDLCustomInput.Create;
-begin
- inherited;
- FEnabled := true;
-end;
-
-{ TSDLJoysticks }
-constructor TSDLJoysticks.Create;
-var
- i : integer;
-begin
- inherited;
- if ( SDL_WasInit( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK ) = 0 ) then
- SDL_InitSubSystem( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK );
- FNumOfJoySticks := SDL_NumJoysticks;
- FJoyStickList := TList.Create;
- for i := 0 to FNumOfJoySticks - 1 do
- begin
- FJoyStickList.Add( TSDLJoyStick.Create( i ) );
- end;
-end;
-
-destructor TSDLJoysticks.Destroy;
-var
- i : integer;
-begin
- if FJoyStickList.Count > 0 then
- begin
- for i := 0 to FJoyStickList.Count - 1 do
- begin
- TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList.Items[i] ).Free;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_QuitSubSystem( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK );
- inherited;
-end;
-
-function TSDLJoySticks.GetJoyStick(Index: integer): TSDLJoyStick;
-begin
- Result := TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList[ Index ] );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLJoySticks.SetJoyStick(Index: integer;
- const Value: TSDLJoyStick);
-begin
- FJoyStickList[ Index ] := @Value;
-end;
-
-function TSDLJoysticks.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean;
-var
- i : integer;
-begin
- result := false;
- if FJoyStickList.Count > 0 then
- begin
- for i := 0 to FJoyStickList.Count - 1 do
- begin
- TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList.Items[i] ).UpdateInput( event );
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-{ TSDLKeyBoard }
-procedure TSDLKeyBoard.DoKeyDown(keysym: PSDL_keysym);
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnKeyDown ) then
- FOnKeyDown( keysym.sym , keysym.modifier, keysym.unicode );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLKeyBoard.DoKeyUp(keysym: PSDL_keysym);
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnKeyUp ) then
- FOnKeyUp( keysym.sym , keysym.modifier, keysym.unicode );
-end;
-
-function TSDLKeyBoard.IsKeyDown( Key: TSDLKey ): Boolean;
-begin
- SDL_PumpEvents;
-
- // Populate Keys array
- FKeys := PKeyStateArr( SDL_GetKeyState( nil ) );
- Result := ( FKeys[Key] = SDL_PRESSED );
-end;
-
-function TSDLKeyBoard.IsKeyUp( Key: TSDLKey ): Boolean;
-begin
- SDL_PumpEvents;
-
- // Populate Keys array
- FKeys := PKeyStateArr( SDL_GetKeyState( nil ) );
- Result := ( FKeys[Key] = SDL_RELEASED );
-end;
-
-function TSDLKeyBoard.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean;
-begin
- result := false;
- if ( FEnabled ) then
- begin
- case event.type_ of
- SDL_KEYDOWN :
- begin
- // handle key presses
- DoKeyDown( @event.key.keysym );
- result := true;
- end;
-
- SDL_KEYUP :
- begin
- // handle key releases
- DoKeyUp( @event.key.keysym );
- result := true;
- end;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-{ TSDLMouse }
-destructor TSDLMouse.Destroy;
-begin
-
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseDown( Event: TSDL_Event );
-var
- CurrentPos : TPoint;
-begin
- FDragging := true;
- if Assigned( FOnMouseDown ) then
- begin
- CurrentPos.x := event.button.x;
- CurrentPos.y := event.button.y;
- FOnMouseDown( event.button.button, SDL_GetModState, CurrentPos );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseMove( Event: TSDL_Event );
-var
- CurrentPos, RelativePos : TPoint;
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnMouseMove ) then
- begin
- CurrentPos.x := event.motion.x;
- CurrentPos.y := event.motion.y;
- RelativePos.x := event.motion.xrel;
- RelativePos.y := event.motion.yrel;
- FOnMouseMove( SDL_GetModState, CurrentPos, RelativePos );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseUp( event: TSDL_EVENT );
-var
- Point : TPoint;
-begin
- FDragging := false;
- if Assigned( FOnMouseUp ) then
- begin
- Point.x := event.button.x;
- Point.y := event.button.y;
- FOnMouseUp( event.button.button, SDL_GetModState, Point );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseWheelScroll( event: TSDL_EVENT );
-var
- Point : TPoint;
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnMouseWheel ) then
- begin
- Point.x := event.button.x;
- Point.y := event.button.y;
- if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP ) then
- FOnMouseWheel( SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP, SDL_GetModState, Point )
- else
- FOnMouseWheel( SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN, SDL_GetModState, Point );
- end;
-end;
-
-function TSDLMouse.GetMouseDelta: TPoint;
-begin
- SDL_PumpEvents;
-
- SDL_GetRelativeMouseState( Result.X, Result.Y );
-end;
-
-function TSDLMouse.GetMousePosition: TPoint;
-begin
- SDL_PumpEvents;
-
- SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y );
- Result := FMousePos;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLMouse.HideCursor;
-begin
- SDL_ShowCursor( SDL_DISABLE );
-end;
-
-function TSDLMouse.MouseIsDown(Button: Integer): Boolean;
-begin
- SDL_PumpEvents;
-
- Result := ( SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y ) and SDL_BUTTON( Button ) = 0 );
-end;
-
-function TSDLMouse.MouseIsUp(Button: Integer): Boolean;
-begin
- SDL_PumpEvents;
-
- Result := not ( SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y ) and SDL_BUTTON( Button ) = 0 );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLMouse.SetMousePosition(const Value: TPoint);
-begin
- SDL_WarpMouse( Value.x, Value.y );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLMouse.ShowCursor;
-begin
- SDL_ShowCursor( SDL_ENABLE );
-end;
-
-function TSDLMouse.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean;
-begin
- result := false;
- if ( FEnabled ) then
- begin
- case event.type_ of
- SDL_MOUSEMOTION :
- begin
- // handle Mouse Move
- DoMouseMove( event );
- end;
-
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN :
- begin
- // handle Mouse Down
- if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP )
- or ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN ) then
- DoMouseWheelScroll( event )
- else
- DoMouseDown( event );
- end;
-
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP :
- begin
- // handle Mouse Up
- if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP )
- or ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN ) then
- DoMouseWheelScroll( event )
- else
- DoMouseUp( event );
- end;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-{ TSDLInputManager }
-constructor TSDLInputManager.Create(InitInputs: TSDLInputTypes);
-begin
- inherited Create;
- if itJoystick in InitInputs then
- FJoystick := TSDLJoysticks.Create;
-
- if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then
- FKeyBoard := TSDLKeyBoard.Create;
-
- if itMouse in InitInputs then
- FMouse := TSDLMouse.Create;
-end;
-
-destructor TSDLInputManager.Destroy;
-begin
- if FJoystick <> nil then
- FreeAndNil( FJoystick );
- if FKeyBoard <> nil then
- FreeAndNil( FKeyBoard );
- if FMouse <> nil then
- FreeAndNil( FMouse );
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLInputManager.Disable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber : Integer );
-begin
- if itJoystick in InitInputs then
- FJoystick.JoySticks[ JoyStickNumber ].Enabled := false;
-
- if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then
- FKeyBoard.Enabled := false;
-
- if itMouse in InitInputs then
- FMouse.Enabled := false;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLInputManager.Enable( InitInputs: TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber: Integer );
-begin
- if itJoystick in InitInputs then
- FJoystick.JoySticks[ JoyStickNumber ].Enabled := true;
-
- if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then
- FKeyBoard.Enabled := true;
-
- if itMouse in InitInputs then
- FMouse.Enabled := true;
-end;
-
-function TSDLInputManager.UpdateInputs( event: TSDL_EVENT ): Boolean;
-begin
- Result := false;
- if ( FJoystick <> nil ) then
- Result := FJoystick.UpdateInput( event );
- if ( FKeyBoard <> nil ) then
- Result := FKeyBoard.UpdateInput( event );
- if ( FMouse <> nil ) then
- Result := FMouse.UpdateInput( event );
-end;
-
-{ TSDLJoyStick }
-procedure TSDLJoyStick.Close;
-begin
- SDL_JoystickClose( @FJoystick );
-end;
-
-constructor TSDLJoyStick.Create( Index : Integer );
-begin
- inherited Create;
- FJoystick := nil;
- FJoystickIndex := Index;
-end;
-
-destructor TSDLJoyStick.Destroy;
-begin
- if FJoystick <> nil then
- Close;
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoAxisMove(Event: TSDL_Event);
-begin
- if Assigned( FJoyAxisMoveEvent ) then
- begin
- FJoyAxisMoveEvent( Event.jaxis.which, Event.jaxis.axis, Event.jaxis.value );
- end
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoBallMove(Event: TSDL_Event);
-var
- BallPoint : TPoint;
-begin
- if Assigned( FJoyBallMoveEvent ) then
- begin
- BallPoint.x := Event.jball.xrel;
- BallPoint.y := Event.jball.yrel;
- FJoyBallMoveEvent( Event.jball.which, Event.jball.ball, BallPoint );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoButtonDown(Event: TSDL_Event);
-begin
- if Assigned( FJoyButtonDownEvent ) then
- begin
- if ( Event.jbutton.state = SDL_PRESSED ) then
- FJoyButtonDownEvent( Event.jbutton.which, Event.jbutton.button, Event.jbutton.state );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoButtonUp(Event: TSDL_Event);
-begin
- if Assigned( FJoyButtonUpEvent ) then
- begin
- if ( Event.jbutton.state = SDL_RELEASED ) then
- FJoyButtonUpEvent( Event.jbutton.which, Event.jbutton.button, Event.jbutton.state );
- end
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoHatMove(Event: TSDL_Event);
-begin
- if Assigned( FJoyHatMoveEvent ) then
- begin
- FJoyHatMoveEvent( Event.jhat.which, Event.jhat.hat, Event.jhat.value );
- end;
-end;
-
-function TSDLJoyStick.GetName: PChar;
-begin
- result := FJoystick.name;
-end;
-
-function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumAxes: integer;
-begin
- result := FJoystick.naxes;
-end;
-
-function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumBalls: integer;
-begin
- result := FJoystick.nballs;
-end;
-
-function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumButtons: integer;
-begin
- result := FJoystick.nbuttons;
-end;
-
-function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumHats: integer;
-begin
- result := FJoystick.nhats;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLJoyStick.Open;
-begin
- FJoystick := SDL_JoyStickOpen( FJoystickIndex );
-end;
-
-function TSDLJoyStick.UpdateInput(Event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean;
-begin
- Result := false;
-
- if ( FEnabled ) then
- begin
- case event.type_ of
- SDL_JOYAXISMOTION :
- begin
- DoAxisMove( Event );
- end;
-
- SDL_JOYBALLMOTION :
- begin
- DoBallMove( Event );
- end;
-
- SDL_JOYHATMOTION :
- begin
- DoHatMove( Event );
- end;
-
- SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN :
- begin
- DoButtonDown( Event );
- end;
-
- SDL_JOYBUTTONUP :
- begin
- DoButtonUp( Event );
- end;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-{ TSDLCustomCursor }
-
-constructor TSDLCustomCursor.Create(const aFileName: string; aHotPoint: TPoint);
-begin
- inherited Create;
- FHotPoint := aHotPoint;
- LoadFromFile( aFileName );
-end;
-
-function TSDLCustomCursor.ScanForChar(str: string; ch: Char;
- startPos: Integer; lookFor: Boolean): Integer;
-begin
- Result := -1;
- while ( ( ( str[ startPos ] = ch ) <> lookFor ) and ( startPos < Length( str ) ) ) do
- inc( startPos );
- if startPos <> Length( str ) then
- Result := startPos;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLCustomCursor.SetFileName(const aValue: string);
-begin
- LoadFromFile( aValue );
-end;
-
-{ TSDLXPMCursor }
-
-destructor TSDLXPMCursor.Destroy;
-begin
- FreeCursor;
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLXPMCursor.FreeCursor;
-begin
- if FCursor <> nil then
- begin
- SDL_FreeCursor( FCursor );
- FFileName := '';
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLXPMCursor.LoadFromFile(const aFileName: string);
-var
- xpmFile : Textfile;
- step : Integer;
- holdPos : Integer;
- counter : Integer;
- dimensions : array[ 1..3 ] of Integer;
- clr, clrNone, clrBlack, clrWhite : Char;
- data, mask : array of UInt8;
- i, col : Integer;
- LineString : string;
-begin
- FreeCursor;
- AssignFile( xpmFile, aFileName );
- Reset( xpmFile );
- step := 0;
- i := -1;
- clrBlack := 'X';
- clrWhite := ',';
- clrNone := ' ';
- counter := 0;
- while not ( eof( xpmFile ) ) do
- begin
- Readln( xpmFile, LineString );
- // scan for strings
- if LineString[ 1 ] = '"' then
- begin
- case step of
- 0 : // Get dimensions (should be width height number-of-colors ???)
- begin
- HoldPos := 2;
- counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', HoldPos, False );
- counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True );
- dimensions[ 1 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, HoldPos, counter - HoldPos ) );
- counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False );
- holdPos := counter;
- counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True );
- dimensions[ 2 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, holdPos, counter - HoldPos ) );
- counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False );
- holdPos := counter;
- counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True );
- dimensions[ 3 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, holdPos, counter - HoldPos ) );
- step := 1;
- SetLength( data, ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 );
- SetLength( mask, ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 );
- //Log.LogStatus( 'Length = ' + IntToStr( ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 ), 'LoadCursorFromFile' );
- end;
- 1 : // get the symbols for transparent, black and white
- begin
- // get the symbol for the color
- clr := LineString[ 2 ];
- // look for the 'c' symbol
- counter := ScanForChar( LineString, 'c', 3, True );
- inc( counter );
- counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False );
- if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 4 ) ) = 'none' then
- begin
- clrNone := clr;
- end;
- if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 7 ) ) = '#ffffff' then
- begin
- clrWhite := clr;
- end;
- if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 7 ) ) = '#000000' then
- begin
- clrBlack := clr;
- end;
- dec( dimensions[ 3 ] );
- if dimensions[ 3 ] = 0 then
- begin
- step := 2;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end;
- 2 : // get cursor information -- modified from the SDL
- // documentation of SDL_CreateCursor.
- begin
- for col := 1 to dimensions[1] do
- begin
- if ( ( col mod 8 ) <> 1 ) then
- begin
- data[ i ] := data[ i ] shl 1;
- mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] shl 1;
- end
- else
- begin
- inc( i );
- data[ i ] := 0;
- mask[ i ] := 0;
- end;
- if LineString[ col ] = clrWhite then
- begin
- mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] or $01;
- end
- else if LineString[ col ] = clrBlack then
- begin
- data[ i ] := data[ i ] or $01;
- mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] or $01;
- end
- else if LineString[ col + 1 ] = clrNone then
- begin
- //
- end;
- end;
- inc(counter);
- if counter = dimensions[2] then
- step := 4;
- end;
- end;
- end;
- end;
- CloseFile( xpmFile );
- FCursor := SDL_CreateCursor( PUInt8( data ), PUInt8( mask ), dimensions[ 1 ], dimensions[ 2 ], FHotPoint.x, FHotPoint.y );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLXPMCursor.LoadFromStream(aStream: TStream);
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLXPMCursor.Show;
-begin
- inherited;
- SDL_SetCursor( FCursor );
-end;
-
-{ TSDLCursorList }
-function TSDLCursorList.AddCursor(const aName : string; aObject : TSDLCustomCursor): Integer;
-begin
- result := inherited AddObject( aName, aObject );
-end;
-
-constructor TSDLCursorList.Create;
-begin
- inherited;
- Duplicates := dupIgnore;
-end;
-
-function TSDLCursorList.GetObject(aIndex: Integer): TSDLCustomCursor;
-begin
- result := TSDLCustomCursor( inherited GetObject( aIndex ) );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLCursorList.PutObject(aIndex: Integer; aObject: TSDLCustomCursor);
-begin
- inherited PutObject( aIndex, aObject );
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ba3946f..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-unit sdlstreams;
-{
- $Id: sdlstreams.pas,v 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Chris Bruner are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2002 Chris Bruner. }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/NPL-1_1Final.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ Shows how to use OpenGL to do 2D and 3D with the SDL libraries }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ SDL runtime libary somewhere in your path }
-{ The Latest SDL runtime can be found on http://www.libsdl.org }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ January 11 2002 - CB : Software embraced and extended by }
-{ Chris Bruner of Crystal Software }
-{ (Canada) Inc. }
-{ }
-{ February 11 2002 - DL : Added FreePascal support as suggested }
-{ by "QuePasha Pepe" <mrkroket@hotmail.com> }
-{ }
-{******************************************************************}
-{
- $Log: sdlstreams.pas,v $
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-
-}
-
-{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-interface
-
-uses
- Classes,
- SysUtils,
- sdl,
- sdlutils;
-
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-type
- EinvalidContainer=class(Exception);
- {$ENDIF}
-
-function LoadSDLBMPFromStream( Stream : TStream ) : PSDL_Surface;
-procedure SaveSDLBMPToStream( SDL_Surface : PSDL_Surface; stream : TStream );
-function SDL_Swap16( D : UInt16 ) : Uint16;
-function SDL_Swap32( D : UInt32 ) : Uint32;
-function SDLStreamSetup( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_RWops;
-// this only closes the SDL_RWops part of the stream, not the stream itself
-procedure SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops );
-
-implementation
-
-function SDL_Swap16( D : UInt16 ) : Uint16;
-begin
- Result := ( D shl 8 ) or ( D shr 8 );
-end;
-
-function SDL_Swap32( D : UInt32 ) : Uint32;
-begin
- Result := ( ( D shl 24 ) or ( ( D shl 8 ) and $00FF0000 ) or ( ( D shr 8 ) and $0000FF00 ) or ( D shr 24 ) );
-end;
-
-(*function SDL_Swap64(D : UInt64) : Uint64;
-var hi,lo : Uint32;
-begin
- // Separate into high and low 32-bit resultues and swap them
- lo := Uint32(D and $0FFFFFFFF); // bloody pascal is too tight in it's type checking!
- D := D shr 32;
- hi = Uint32((D and $FFFFFFFF));
- result = SDL_Swap32(lo);
- result := result shl 32;
- result := result or SDL_Swap32(hi);
-end;
-*)
-
-function SdlStreamSeek( context : PSDL_RWops; offset : Integer; whence : Integer ) : integer; cdecl;
-var
- stream : TStream;
- origin : Word;
-begin
- stream := TStream( context.unknown );
- if ( stream = nil ) then
- raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamSeek on nil' );
- case whence of
- 0 : origin := soFromBeginning; // Offset is from the beginning of the resource. Seek moves to the position Offset. Offset must be >= 0.
- 1 : origin := soFromCurrent; // Offset is from the current position in the resource. Seek moves to Position + Offset.
- 2 : origin := soFromEnd;
- else
- origin := soFromBeginning; // just in case
- end;
- Result := stream.Seek( offset, origin );
-end;
-
-function SDLStreamWrite( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer;
- size : Integer; num : Integer ) : Integer; cdecl;
-var
- stream : TStream;
-begin
- stream := TStream( context.unknown );
- if ( stream = nil ) then
- raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamWrite on nil' );
- try
- Result := stream.Write( Ptr^, Size * num ) div size;
- except
- Result := -1;
- end;
-end;
-
-function SdlStreamRead( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer; size : Integer; maxnum
- : Integer ) : Integer; cdecl;
-var
- stream : TStream;
-begin
- stream := TStream( context.unknown );
- if ( stream = nil ) then
- raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamRead on nil' );
- try
- Result := stream.read( Ptr^, Size * maxnum ) div size;
- except
- Result := -1;
- end;
-end;
-
-function SDLStreamClose( context : PSDL_RWops ) : Integer; cdecl;
-var
- stream : TStream;
-begin
- stream := TStream( context.unknown );
- if ( stream = nil ) then
- raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamClose on nil' );
- stream.Free;
- Result := 1;
-end;
-
-function SDLStreamSetup( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_RWops;
-begin
- result := SDL_AllocRW;
- if ( result = nil ) then
- raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'could not create SDLStream on nil' );
- result.unknown := TUnknown( stream );
- result.seek := SDLStreamSeek;
- result.read := SDLStreamRead;
- result.write := SDLStreamWrite;
- result.close := SDLStreamClose;
- Result.type_ := 2; // TUnknown
-end;
-
-// this only closes the SDL part of the stream, not the context
-
-procedure SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops );
-begin
- SDL_FreeRW( SDL_RWops );
-end;
-
-function LoadSDLBMPFromStream( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_Surface;
-var
- SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops;
-begin
- SDL_RWops := SDLStreamSetup( stream );
- result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW( SDL_RWops, 0 );
- SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops );
-end;
-
-procedure SaveSDLBMPToStream( SDL_Surface : PSDL_Surface; stream : TStream );
-var
- SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops;
-begin
- SDL_RWops := SDLStreamSetup( stream );
- SDL_SaveBMP_RW( SDL_Surface, SDL_RWops, 0 );
- SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops );
-end;
-
-end.
-
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index a479b493..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-unit sdlticks;
-{
- $Id: sdlticks.pas,v 1.2 2006/11/08 08:22:48 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ SDL GetTicks Class Wrapper }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2004 - 2100 Dominique Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ SDL Window Wrapper }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms }
-{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ }
-{ September 23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation }
-{
- $Log: sdlticks.pas,v $
- Revision 1.2 2006/11/08 08:22:48 savage
- updates tp sdlgameinterface and sdlticks functions.
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage
- Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-interface
-
-uses
- sdl;
-
-type
- TSDLTicks = class
- private
- FStartTime : UInt32;
- FTicksPerSecond : UInt32;
- FElapsedLastTime : UInt32;
- FFPSLastTime : UInt32;
- FLockFPSLastTime : UInt32;
- public
- constructor Create;
- destructor Destroy; override; // destructor
-
- {*****************************************************************************
- Init
- If the hi-res timer is present, the tick rate is stored and the function
- returns true. Otherwise, the function returns false, and the timer should
- not be used.
- *****************************************************************************}
- function Init : boolean;
-
- {***************************************************************************
- GetGetElapsedSeconds
- Returns the Elapsed time, since the function was last called.
- ***************************************************************************}
- function GetElapsedSeconds : Single;
-
- {***************************************************************************
- GetFPS
- Returns the average frames per second.
- If this is not called every frame, the client should track the number
- of frames itself, and reset the value after this is called.
- ***************************************************************************}
- function GetFPS : single;
-
- {***************************************************************************
- LockFPS
- Used to lock the frame rate to a set amount. This will block until enough
- time has passed to ensure that the fps won't go over the requested amount.
- Note that this can only keep the fps from going above the specified level;
- it can still drop below it. It is assumed that if used, this function will
- be called every frame. The value returned is the instantaneous fps, which
- will be less than or equal to the targetFPS.
- ***************************************************************************}
- procedure LockFPS( targetFPS : Byte );
- end;
-
-implementation
-
-{ TSDLTicks }
-constructor TSDLTicks.Create;
-begin
- inherited;
- FTicksPerSecond := 1000;
-end;
-
-destructor TSDLTicks.Destroy;
-begin
- inherited;
-end;
-
-function TSDLTicks.GetElapsedSeconds : Single;
-var
- currentTime : Cardinal;
-begin
- currentTime := SDL_GetTicks;
-
- result := ( currentTime - FElapsedLastTime ) / FTicksPerSecond;
-
- // reset the timer
- FElapsedLastTime := currentTime;
-end;
-
-function TSDLTicks.GetFPS : Single;
-var
- currentTime, FrameTime : UInt32;
- fps : single;
-begin
- currentTime := SDL_GetTicks;
-
- FrameTime := ( currentTime - FFPSLastTime );
-
- if FrameTime = 0 then
- FrameTime := 1;
-
- fps := FTicksPerSecond / FrameTime;
-
- // reset the timer
- FFPSLastTime := currentTime;
- result := fps;
-end;
-
-function TSDLTicks.Init : boolean;
-begin
- FStartTime := SDL_GetTicks;
- FElapsedLastTime := FStartTime;
- FFPSLastTime := FStartTime;
- FLockFPSLastTime := FStartTime;
- result := true;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLTicks.LockFPS( targetFPS : Byte );
-var
- currentTime : UInt32;
- targetTime : single;
-begin
- if ( targetFPS = 0 ) then
- targetFPS := 1;
-
- targetTime := FTicksPerSecond / targetFPS;
-
- // delay to maintain a constant frame rate
- repeat
- currentTime := SDL_GetTicks;
- until ( ( currentTime - FLockFPSLastTime ) > targetTime );
-
- // reset the timer
- FLockFPSLastTime := currentTime;
-end;
-
-end.
-
- \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index e01f3cdb..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4363 +0,0 @@
-unit sdlutils;
-{
- $Id: sdlutils.pas,v 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ SDL Utility functions }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Tom Jones are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu> }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ Helper functions... }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms }
-{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ 2000 - TJ : Initial creation }
-{ }
-{ July 13 2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines. }
-{ }
-{ Sept 14 2001 - RK : Added flipping routines. }
-{ }
-{ Sept 19 2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD }
-{ effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel }
-{ Added PSDLRect() }
-{ Sept 22 2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here}
-{ Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box }
-{ }
-{ Sept 25 2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine, }
-{ SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface }
-{ }
-{ Sept 26 2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal }
-{ types rather that Windows types. This makes it more}
-{ portable to Linix. }
-{ }
-{ Sept 27 2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal }
-{ }
-{ Oct 27 2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function }
-{ }
-{ Jan 21 2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface }
-{ }
-{ Mar 28 2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface }
-{ }
-{ May 13 2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub }
-{ }
-{ May 27 2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function }
-{ }
-{ May 30 2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit }
-{ & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit }
-{ }
-{ June 12 2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect }
-{ }
-{ June 12 2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect }
-{ }
-{ November 9 2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions }
-{ }
-{ December 10 2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function }
-{ }
-{ April 26 2003 - SS : Incorporated JF's changes to SDL_ClipLine }
-{ Fixed SDL_ClipLine bug for non-zero cliprect x, y }
-{ Added overloaded SDL_DrawLine for dashed lines }
-{ }
-{******************************************************************************}
-{
- $Log: sdlutils.pas,v $
- Revision 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage
- Removed Hints and Warnings.
-
- Revision 1.4 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage
- Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by
- Ángel Eduardo García Hernández. Many thanks.
-
- Revision 1.3 2004/05/29 23:11:54 savage
- Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by
- Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks.
-
- Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 00:23:39 savage
- As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-
-}
-
-interface
-
-{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-uses
-{$IFDEF UNIX}
- Types,
-{$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- Xlib,
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
- SysUtils,
- sdl;
-
-type
- TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical );
-
-// Pixel procedures
-function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
- PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean;
-
-function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32;
-
-procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel :
- Uint32 );
-
-procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-// Line procedures
-procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal ); overload;
-
-procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
-
-procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-
-// Surface procedures
-procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
-
-procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
- TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
-
-// Flip procedures
-procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
-
-function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
-
-function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
-
-function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
- Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
-
-procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
-
-procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
-
-procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
- PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
-
-procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
- PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
-
-function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
-
-// Fill Rect routine
-procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
-
-procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
-
-procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
-
-// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface!
-procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-
-procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-
-procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-
-//
-function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
- PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
- boolean;
-
-// Jason's boolean Surface functions
-procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-
-procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-
-function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean;
-
-implementation
-
-uses
- Math;
-
-function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
- PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean;
-var
- Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
- right1, bottom1 : integer;
- right2, bottom2 : integer;
- Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
- Mod1, Mod2 : cardinal;
- Addr1, Addr2 : PtrUInt;
- BPP : cardinal;
- Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal;
- TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal;
- tx, ty : cardinal;
-// StartTick : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
- Color1, Color2 : cardinal;
-begin
- Result := false;
- if SrcRect1 = nil then
- begin
- with Src_Rect1 do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface1.w;
- h := SrcSurface1.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
- if SrcRect2 = nil then
- begin
- with Src_Rect2 do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface2.w;
- h := SrcSurface2.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
- with Src_Rect1 do
- begin
- Right1 := Left1 + w;
- Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
- end;
- with Src_Rect2 do
- begin
- Right2 := Left2 + w;
- Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
- end;
- if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <=
- Top2 ) then
- exit;
- if Left1 <= Left2 then
- begin
- // 1. left, 2. right
- Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
- Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
- ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
- with Src_Rect2 do
- if ScanWidth > w then
- ScanWidth := w;
- end
- else
- begin
- // 1. right, 2. left
- Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
- Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
- ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
- with Src_Rect1 do
- if ScanWidth > w then
- ScanWidth := w;
- end;
- with SrcSurface1^ do
- begin
- Pitch1 := Pitch;
- Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
- inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
- with format^ do
- begin
- BPP := BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface2^ do
- begin
- TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey;
- Pitch2 := Pitch;
- Addr2 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
- inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) );
- end;
- Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
- Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
- inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
- inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start );
- if Top1 <= Top2 then
- begin
- // 1. up, 2. down
- ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
- if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
- ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
- inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
- end
- else
- begin
- // 1. down, 2. up
- ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
- if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
- ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
- inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) );
- end;
- case BPP of
- 1 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <>
- TransparentColor2 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1 );
- inc( Addr2 );
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
- inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
- end;
- 2 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <>
- TransparentColor2 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 2 );
- inc( Addr2, 2 );
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
- inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
- end;
- 3 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 )
- then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 3 );
- inc( Addr2, 3 );
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
- inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
- end;
- 4 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <>
- TransparentColor2 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 4 );
- inc( Addr2, 4 );
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
- inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- SrcColor : cardinal;
- Addr : PtrUInt;
- R, G, B : cardinal;
-begin
- if Color = 0 then
- exit;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- case format.BitsPerPixel of
- 8 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
- G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
- B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
- if R > $E0 then
- R := $E0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := $1C;
- if B > $03 then
- B := $03;
- PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
- G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
- if R > $7C00 then
- R := $7C00;
- if G > $03E0 then
- G := $03E0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := $001F;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
- G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
- if R > $F800 then
- R := $F800;
- if G > $07C0 then
- G := $07C0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := $001F;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := $FF0000;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := $00FF00;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := $0000FF;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := $FF0000;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := $00FF00;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := $0000FF;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- SrcColor : cardinal;
- Addr : PtrUInt;
- R, G, B : cardinal;
-begin
- if Color = 0 then
- exit;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- case format.BitsPerPixel of
- 8 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
- G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
- B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
- if R > $E0 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := 0;
- if B > $03 then
- B := 0;
- PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
- G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
- if R > $7C00 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $03E0 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := 0;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
- G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
- if R > $F800 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $07C0 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := 0;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := 0;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := 0;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces.
-// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed
-// palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping.
-
-procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel1 and $E0 + Pixel2 and $E0;
- G := Pixel1 and $1C + Pixel2 and $1C;
- B := Pixel1 and $03 + Pixel2 and $03;
- if R > $E0 then
- R := $E0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := $1C;
- if B > $03 then
- B := $03;
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel1 and $7C00 + Pixel2 and $7C00;
- G := Pixel1 and $03E0 + Pixel2 and $03E0;
- B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F;
- if R > $7C00 then
- R := $7C00;
- if G > $03E0 then
- G := $03E0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := $001F;
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel1 and $F800 + Pixel2 and $F800;
- G := Pixel1 and $07E0 + Pixel2 and $07E0;
- B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F;
- if R > $F800 then
- R := $F800;
- if G > $07E0 then
- G := $07E0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := $001F;
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000;
- G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00;
- B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := $FF0000;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := $00FF00;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := $0000FF;
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
- inc( DestAddr, 3 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000;
- G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00;
- B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := $FF0000;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := $00FF00;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := $0000FF;
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
- inc( DestAddr, 4 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
-//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel2 and $E0 - Pixel1 and $E0;
- G := Pixel2 and $1C - Pixel1 and $1C;
- B := Pixel2 and $03 - Pixel1 and $03;
- if R > $E0 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := 0;
- if B > $03 then
- B := 0;
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - Pixel1 and $7C00;
- G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - Pixel1 and $03E0;
- B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F;
- if R > $7C00 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $03E0 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := 0;
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel2 and $F800 - Pixel1 and $F800;
- G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - Pixel1 and $07E0;
- B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F;
- if R > $F800 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $07E0 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := 0;
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := 0;
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
- end;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
- inc( DestAddr, 3 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := 0;
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
- inc( DestAddr, 4 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
-var
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
-//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- TransparentColor, SrcColor : cardinal;
- BPP : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- BPP := DestSurface.Format.BytesPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case BPP of
- 1 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 2 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 3 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF;
- if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or SrcColor;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 4 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used.
-// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!!
-
-procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
- TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : PtrUInt;
-//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*}: cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal;
-SrcColor, TransparentColor{*, TextureColor*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (TextureColor)
- BPP : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- BPP := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- with Texture^ do
- begin
- TextAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch +
- UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( Texture );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case BPP of
- 1 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := PUint8( TextAddr )^;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- inc( TextAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 2 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := PUInt16( TextAddr )^;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- inc( TextAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 3 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF;
- if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or ( PUInt32( TextAddr )^ and $FFFFFF );
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- inc( TextAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 4 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( TextAddr )^;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- inc( TextAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- xc, yc : cardinal;
- rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal;
- color : cardinal;
- modx, mody : cardinal;
-begin
- // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!!
- if srcrect = nil then
- srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect;
- if dstrect = nil then
- dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect;
- if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 );
- mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 );
- //rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
- ry := srcrect.y * 65536;
- wy := dstrect.y;
- for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do
- begin
- rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
- wx := dstrect.x;
- ry16 := ry shr 16;
- for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do
- begin
- color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 );
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color );
- rx := rx + modx;
- inc( wx );
- end;
- ry := ry + mody;
- inc( wy );
- end;
- if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
-end;
-// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices
-// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY
-
-procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
-const
- SHIFTS = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20)
- THRESH = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value
- procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal );
- var
- tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint;
- mx, my : cardinal;
- cr : cardinal;
- begin
- // Does the destination area specify a single pixel?
- if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and
- ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then
- begin // Yes
- cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) );
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr );
- end
- else
- begin // No
- // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse
- tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1;
- tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1;
- bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
- bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
- lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1;
- lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1;
- rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
- rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
- m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1;
- m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1;
- mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1;
- my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1;
- CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my );
- CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my );
- CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 );
- CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 );
- end;
- end;
-var
- _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint;
- Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer;
-begin
- if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- Rect_x := 0;
- Rect_y := 0;
- Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
- Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
- end
- else
- begin
- Rect_x := SrcRect.x;
- Rect_y := SrcRect.y;
- Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
- Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
- end;
- // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error.
- _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS;
- _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS;
- _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS;
- _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS;
- _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS;
- _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS;
- _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS;
- _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS;
- CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h );
- if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
-end;
-
-// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
-// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
-
-procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
-begin
- dx := x2 - x1;
- dy := y2 - y1;
- if dx < 0 then
- sdx := -1
- else
- sdx := 1;
- if dy < 0 then
- sdy := -1
- else
- sdy := 1;
- dx := sdx * dx + 1;
- dy := sdy * dy + 1;
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- px := x1;
- py := y1;
- if dx >= dy then
- begin
- for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- y := y + dy;
- if y >= dx then
- begin
- y := y - dx;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- end
- else
- begin
- for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- x := x + dx;
- if x >= dy then
- begin
- x := x - dy;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
-// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
-
-procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
-var
- dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean;
-begin
- counter := 0;
- drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash
-
- //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters
- if ( DashLength < 1 )
- then
- DashLength := 1;
- if ( DashSpace < 1 )
- then
- DashSpace := 0;
-
- dx := x2 - x1;
- dy := y2 - y1;
- if dx < 0 then
- sdx := -1
- else
- sdx := 1;
- if dy < 0 then
- sdy := -1
- else
- sdy := 1;
- dx := sdx * dx + 1;
- dy := sdy * dy + 1;
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- px := x1;
- py := y1;
- if dx >= dy then
- begin
- for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
-
- //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
- if drawdash then
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- inc( counter );
- if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then
- begin
- drawdash := false;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end
- else //space
- begin
- inc( counter );
- if counter > DashSpace - 1 then
- begin
- drawdash := true;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end;
-
- y := y + dy;
- if y >= dx then
- begin
- y := y - dx;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- end
- else
- begin
- for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
- begin
-
- //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
- if drawdash then
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- inc( counter );
- if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then
- begin
- drawdash := false;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end
- else //space
- begin
- inc( counter );
- if counter > DashSpace - 1 then
- begin
- drawdash := true;
- counter := 0;
- end;
- end;
-
- x := x + dx;
- if x >= dy then
- begin
- x := x - dy;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
-begin
- dx := x2 - x1;
- dy := y2 - y1;
- if dx < 0 then
- sdx := -1
- else
- sdx := 1;
- if dy < 0 then
- sdy := -1
- else
- sdy := 1;
- dx := sdx * dx + 1;
- dy := sdy * dy + 1;
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- px := x1;
- py := y1;
- if dx >= dy then
- begin
- for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- y := y + dy;
- if y >= dx then
- begin
- y := y - dx;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- end
- else
- begin
- for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- x := x + dx;
- if x >= dy then
- begin
- x := x - dy;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
- cardinal );
-var
- dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
-begin
- dx := x2 - x1;
- dy := y2 - y1;
- if dx < 0 then
- sdx := -1
- else
- sdx := 1;
- if dy < 0 then
- sdy := -1
- else
- sdy := 1;
- dx := sdx * dx + 1;
- dy := sdy * dy + 1;
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- px := x1;
- py := y1;
- if dx >= dy then
- begin
- for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- y := y + dy;
- if y >= dx then
- begin
- y := y - dx;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- end
- else
- begin
- for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
- x := x + dx;
- if x >= dy then
- begin
- x := x - dy;
- px := px + sdx;
- end;
- py := py + sdy;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface
-
-procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- TmpRect : TSDL_Rect;
- Locked : boolean;
- y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer;
- Row1, Row2 : Pointer;
- OneRow : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish
-begin
- if DstSurface <> nil then
- begin
- if Rect = nil then
- begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface
- TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
- Rect := @TmpRect;
- end;
- FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1;
- RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel;
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- begin
- Locked := true;
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- end
- else
- Locked := false;
- Row1 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.Pitch );
- Row2 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 )
- * DstSurface^.Pitch );
- for y := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength );
- Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength );
- Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength );
- inc( PtrUInt( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
- dec( PtrUInt( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
- end;
- if Locked then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- end;
-end;
-
-// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface
-
-procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
-type
- T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte;
- T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit;
- P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray;
- TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord;
- PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray;
-var
- TmpRect : TSDL_Rect;
- Row8bit : PByteArray;
- Row16bit : PWordArray;
- Row24bit : P24bitArray;
- Row32bit : PLongWordArray;
- y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer;
- Pixel : cardinal;
- Pixel24 : T24bit;
- Locked : boolean;
-begin
- if DstSurface <> nil then
- begin
- if Rect = nil then
- begin
- TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
- Rect := @TmpRect;
- end;
- FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1;
- if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
- begin
- Locked := true;
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- end
- else
- Locked := false;
- case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of
- 1 :
- begin
- Row8Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.pitch );
- for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
- begin
- RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
- for x := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ];
- Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ];
- Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
- dec( RightSide );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
- end;
- end;
- 2 :
- begin
- Row16Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.pitch );
- for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
- begin
- RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
- for x := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ];
- Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ];
- Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
- dec( RightSide );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
- end;
- end;
- 3 :
- begin
- Row24Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.pitch );
- for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
- begin
- RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
- for x := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ];
- Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ];
- Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24;
- dec( RightSide );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
- end;
- end;
- 4 :
- begin
- Row32Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
- DstSurface^.pitch );
- for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
- begin
- RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
- for x := 0 to FlipLength do
- begin
- Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ];
- Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ];
- Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
- dec( RightSide );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
- end;
- end;
- end;
- if Locked then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- end;
-end;
-
-// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer.
-// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!!
-
-function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
-var
- Rect : PSDL_Rect;
-begin
- New( Rect );
- with Rect^ do
- begin
- x := aLeft;
- y := aTop;
- w := aWidth;
- h := aHeight;
- end;
- Result := Rect;
-end;
-
-function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect;
-begin
- with result do
- begin
- x := aLeft;
- y := aTop;
- w := aWidth;
- h := aHeight;
- end;
-end;
-
-function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect;
-begin
- with aRect do
- result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw,
- depth : integer );
-var
- dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer;
- src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16;
- src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
-begin
- if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then
- exit;
- dx := ( x2 - x1 );
- dy := ( y2 - y1 );
- dy := dy shl 1;
- e := dy - dx;
- dx2 := dx shl 1;
- src_pitch := Surface^.pitch;
- dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch;
- src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth );
- dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 *
- depth );
- for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
- while ( e >= 0 ) do
- begin
- inc( src_pixels, depth );
- e := e - dx2;
- end;
- inc( dst_pixels, depth );
- e := e + dy;
- end;
-end;
-
-function sign( x : integer ) : integer;
-begin
- if x > 0 then
- result := 1
- else
- result := -1;
-end;
-
-// Stretches a part of a surface
-
-function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
- Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
-var
- dst_surface : PSDL_Surface;
- dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer;
- destx1, desty1 : integer;
-begin
- srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW;
- srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH;
- result := nil;
- destx1 := 0;
- desty1 := 0;
- dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) );
- dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) );
- e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx;
- dx2 := dx shl 1;
- dy := dy shl 1;
- dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height -
- desty1,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask,
- SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask );
- if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
- SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
- SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey );
- if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then
- if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then
- exit;
- for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
- begin
- SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1,
- SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel );
- while e >= 0 do
- begin
- inc( SrcY1 );
- e := e - dx2;
- end;
- inc( desty1 );
- e := e + dy;
- end;
- if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface );
- result := dst_surface;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_MoveLine( Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, xofs, depth : integer );
-var
- src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
- i : integer;
-begin
- src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + x2 *
- depth );
- dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + ( x2
- + xofs ) * depth );
- for i := x2 downto x1 do
- begin
- move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
- dec( src_pixels );
- dec( dst_pixels );
- end;
-end;
-{ Return the pixel value at (x, y)
-NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! }
-
-function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32;
-var
- bpp : UInt32;
- p : PInteger;
-begin
- bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
- // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve
- p := Pointer( PtrUInt( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) *
- bpp );
- case bpp of
- 1 : result := PUint8( p )^;
- 2 : result := PUint16( p )^;
- 3 :
- if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
- result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ]
- else
- result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16;
- 4 : result := PUint32( p )^;
- else
- result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings
- end;
-end;
-{ Set the pixel at (x, y) to the given value
- NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! }
-
-procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel :
- Uint32 );
-var
- bpp : UInt32;
- p : PInteger;
-begin
- bpp := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
- p := Pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * DstSurface.pitch + UInt32( x )
- * bpp );
- case bpp of
- 1 : PUint8( p )^ := pixel;
- 2 : PUint16( p )^ := pixel;
- 3 :
- if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
- begin
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF;
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF;
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := pixel and $FF;
- end
- else
- begin
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := pixel and $FF;
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF;
- PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF;
- end;
- 4 :
- PUint32( p )^ := pixel;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
-var
- r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect;
- //buffer: PSDL_Surface;
- YPos : Integer;
-begin
- if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then
- begin
- //if DifY > 0 then // going up
- //begin
- ypos := 0;
- r1.x := 0;
- r2.x := 0;
- r1.w := DstSurface.w;
- r2.w := DstSurface.w;
- r1.h := DifY;
- r2.h := DifY;
- while ypos < DstSurface.h do
- begin
- r1.y := ypos;
- r2.y := ypos + DifY;
- SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 );
- ypos := ypos + DifY;
- end;
- //end
- //else
- //begin // Going Down
- //end;
- end;
-end;
-
-{procedure SDL_ScrollY(Surface: PSDL_Surface; DifY: integer);
-var
- r1, r2: TSDL_Rect;
- buffer: PSDL_Surface;
-begin
- if (Surface <> nil) and (Dify <> 0) then
- begin
- buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(SDL_HWSURFACE, (Surface^.w - DifY) * 2,
- Surface^.h * 2,
- Surface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- if buffer <> nil then
- begin
- if (buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1) then
- SDL_SetColors(buffer, @Surface^.format^.palette^.colors^[0], 0, 256);
- r1 := SDLRect(0, DifY, buffer^.w, buffer^.h);
- r2 := SDLRect(0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h);
- SDL_BlitSurface(Surface, @r1, buffer, @r2);
- SDL_BlitSurface(buffer, @r2, Surface, @r2);
- SDL_FreeSurface(buffer);
- end;
- end;
-end;}
-
-procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
-var
- r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect;
- buffer : PSDL_Surface;
-begin
- if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then
- begin
- buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2,
- DstSurface^.h * 2,
- DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
- DstSurface^.Format^.RMask,
- DstSurface^.Format^.GMask,
- DstSurface^.Format^.BMask,
- DstSurface^.Format^.AMask );
- if buffer <> nil then
- begin
- if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
- SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
- r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
- r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
- SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 );
- SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 );
- SDL_FreeSurface( buffer );
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
- PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
-var
- aSin, aCos : Single;
- MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer;
- Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32;
- MAXX, MAXY : Integer;
-begin
- // Rotate the surface to the target surface.
- TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey;
- {if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then
- begin
- Width := srcRect.w;
- Height := srcRect.w;
- end
- else
- begin
- Width := srcRect.h;
- Height := srcRect.h;
- end; }
-
- maxx := DstSurface.w;
- maxy := DstSurface.h;
- aCos := cos( Angle );
- aSin := sin( Angle );
-
- Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) );
- Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) );
-
- OX := Width div 2;
- OY := Height div 2; ;
- MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2;
- MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2;
- ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx;
- ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY;
- Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos );
- Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos );
- SX := 0;
- for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do
- begin
- Inc( SX );
- SY := 0;
- for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do
- begin
- RX := SX - OX;
- RY := SY - OY;
- NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); //
- NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); //
- // Used for testing only
- //SDL_PutPixel(DestSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0);
- if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then
- begin
- if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then
- begin
- if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then
- begin
- Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY );
- if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then
- begin
- SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour );
- end;
- end;
- end;
- end;
- inc( SY );
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
- PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
-begin
- SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) );
-end;
-
-function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
-var
- RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
- OutOfRange : Boolean;
-begin
- OutOfRange := false;
- if dstrect = nil then
- begin
- RealRect.x := 0;
- RealRect.y := 0;
- RealRect.w := DstSurface.w;
- RealRect.h := DstSurface.h;
- end
- else
- begin
- if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then
- begin
- RealRect.x := dstrect.x;
- end
- else if dstrect.x < 0 then
- begin
- realrect.x := 0;
- end
- else
- begin
- OutOfRange := True;
- end;
- if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then
- begin
- RealRect.y := dstrect.y;
- end
- else if dstrect.y < 0 then
- begin
- realrect.y := 0;
- end
- else
- begin
- OutOfRange := True;
- end;
- if OutOfRange = False then
- begin
- if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then
- begin
- RealRect.w := dstrect.w;
- end
- else
- begin
- RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x;
- end;
- if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then
- begin
- RealRect.h := dstrect.h;
- end
- else
- begin
- RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y;
- end;
- end;
- end;
- if OutOfRange = False then
- begin
- result := realrect;
- end
- else
- begin
- realrect.w := 0;
- realrect.h := 0;
- realrect.x := 0;
- realrect.y := 0;
- result := realrect;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
-var
- RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
- Addr : pointer;
- ModX, BPP : cardinal;
- x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
-begin
- RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
- if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
- begin
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
- ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
- end;
- case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
- 8 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
- G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
- B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
- if R > $E0 then
- R := $E0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := $1C;
- if B > $03 then
- B := $03;
- PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
- G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
- if R > $7C00 then
- R := $7C00;
- if G > $03E0 then
- G := $03E0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := $001F;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
- G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
- if R > $F800 then
- R := $F800;
- if G > $07C0 then
- G := $07C0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := $001F;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := $FF0000;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := $00FF00;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := $0000FF;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := $FF0000;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := $00FF00;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := $0000FF;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
-var
- RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
- Addr : pointer;
- ModX, BPP : cardinal;
- x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
-begin
- RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
- if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
- begin
- SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
- BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
- with DstSurface^ do
- begin
- Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
- ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
- end;
- case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
- 8 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
- G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
- B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
- if R > $E0 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := 0;
- if B > $03 then
- B := 0;
- PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
- G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
- if R > $7C00 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $03E0 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := 0;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
- G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
- B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
- if R > $F800 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $07C0 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $001F then
- B := 0;
- PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := 0;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
- begin
- for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
- begin
- SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
- R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
- G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
- B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
- if R > $FF0000 then
- R := 0;
- if G > $00FF00 then
- G := 0;
- if B > $0000FF then
- B := 0;
- PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
- end;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
-var
- FBC : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal;
- // temp vars
- i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer;
-
- TempStepV, TempStepH : Single;
- TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer;
- TempRect : TSDL_Rect;
-
-begin
- // calc FBC
- YR := StartColor.r;
- YG := StartColor.g;
- YB := StartColor.b;
- SR := YR;
- SG := YG;
- SB := YB;
- DR := EndColor.r - SR;
- DG := EndColor.g - SG;
- DB := EndColor.b - SB;
-
- for i := 0 to 255 do
- begin
- FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB );
- YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i );
- YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i );
- YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i );
- end;
-
- // if aStyle = 1 then begin
- TempStepH := Rect.w / 255;
- TempStepV := Rect.h / 255;
- TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 );
- TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 );
- TempTop := 0;
- TempLeft := 0;
- TempRect.x := Rect.x;
- TempRect.y := Rect.y;
- TempRect.h := Rect.h;
- TempRect.w := Rect.w;
-
- case Style of
- gsHorizontal :
- begin
- TempRect.h := TempHeight;
- for i := 0 to 255 do
- begin
- TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop;
- SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
- TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i );
- end;
- end;
- gsVertical :
- begin
- TempRect.w := TempWidth;
- for i := 0 to 255 do
- begin
- TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft;
- SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
- TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i );
- end;
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-var
- ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
- SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
-begin
- if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
- exit;
- if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
- exit;
- if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
- exit;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
-
- ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
- WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
-
- SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
- DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
-
- case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
- 1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
- inc( ReadAddr );
- inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
- inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
- inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
- inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- end;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-var
- ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
- SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
-begin
- if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
- exit;
- if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
- exit;
- if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
- exit;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
-
- ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
- WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
-
- SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
- DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
-
- case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
- 1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
- inc( ReadAddr );
- inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
- inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
- inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
- inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- end;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
-var
- ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
- SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, Color : UInt32;
-begin
- if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
- exit;
- if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
- exit;
- if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
- exit;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
-
- ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
- WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
-
- SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
- DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
-
- case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of
- 8 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- Color := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
- PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := Color;
- Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $6D; {%01101101}
- PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
- PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := Color;
- inc( ReadAddr );
- inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 15 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color;
- Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $3DEF; {%0011110111101111}
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color;
- inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 16 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color;
- Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7BEF; {%0111101111101111}
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
- PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color;
- inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 24 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- Color := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
- PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := Color;
- Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $007F7F7F; {%011111110111111101111111}
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := Color;
- inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- 32 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
- begin
- ReadAddr := ReadRow;
- WriteAddr := WriteRow;
- for x := 1 to Src.w do
- begin
- Color := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := Color;
- Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7F7F7F7F;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
- PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := Color;
- inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
- inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
- end;
- inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
- inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
- end;
- end;
-
- if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
- if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
- SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
-end;
-
-function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
- PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
- boolean;
-var
- Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
- right1, bottom1 : integer;
- right2, bottom2 : integer;
- Scan1Start, {Scan2Start,} ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
- Mod1 : cardinal;
- Addr1 : PtrUInt;
- BPP : cardinal;
- Pitch1 : cardinal;
- TransparentColor1 : cardinal;
- tx, ty : cardinal;
-// StartTick : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
- Color1 : cardinal;
-begin
- Result := false;
- if SrcRect1 = nil then
- begin
- with Src_Rect1 do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface1.w;
- h := SrcSurface1.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
-
- Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
- with Src_Rect1 do
- begin
- Right1 := Left1 + w;
- Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
- end;
- with Src_Rect2 do
- begin
- Right2 := Left2 + w;
- Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
- end;
- if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= Top2 ) then
- exit;
- if Left1 <= Left2 then
- begin
- // 1. left, 2. right
- Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
- //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
- ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
- with Src_Rect2 do
- if ScanWidth > w then
- ScanWidth := w;
- end
- else
- begin
- // 1. right, 2. left
- Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
- //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
- ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
- with Src_Rect1 do
- if ScanWidth > w then
- ScanWidth := w;
- end;
- with SrcSurface1^ do
- begin
- Pitch1 := Pitch;
- Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
- inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
- with format^ do
- begin
- BPP := BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
- end;
- end;
-
- Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
-
- inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
-
- if Top1 <= Top2 then
- begin
- // 1. up, 2. down
- ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
- if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
- ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
- inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
- end
- else
- begin
- // 1. down, 2. up
- ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
- if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
- ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
-
- end;
- case BPP of
- 1 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1 );
-
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
-
- end;
- 2 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 2 );
-
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
-
- end;
- 3 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
-
- if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 )
- then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 3 );
-
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
-
- end;
- 4 :
- for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
- begin
- for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
- begin
- if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
- begin
- Result := true;
- exit;
- end;
- inc( Addr1, 4 );
-
- end;
- inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
-
- end;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
-{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B)
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
-
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
-
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 or Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
- inc( DestAddr, 3 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
- inc( DestAddr, 4 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
-{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B)
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
-
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
-
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 and Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
- inc( DestAddr, 3 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
- inc( DestAddr, 4 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-
-
-procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then
- R := Pixel2 and $E0
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $E0;
- if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then
- G := Pixel2 and $1C
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $1C;
- if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then
- B := Pixel2 and $03
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $03;
-
- if R > $E0 then
- R := $E0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := $1C;
- if B > $03 then
- B := $03;
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then
- R := Pixel2 and $7C00
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
- if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then
- G := Pixel2 and $03E0
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
- if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then
- B := Pixel2 and $001F
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $001F;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then
- R := Pixel2 and $F800
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $F800;
- if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then
- G := Pixel2 and $07E0
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
- if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then
- B := Pixel2 and $001F
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $001F;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
- R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
- G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then
- B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
- inc( DestAddr, 3 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
- R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
- G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then
- B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
- inc( DestAddr, 4 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-
-procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
- DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
-var
- R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
- Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
- Diff : integer;
- SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
- WorkX, WorkY : word;
- SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
- Bits : cardinal;
-begin
- if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
- exit; // Remove this to make it faster
- if SrcRect = nil then
- begin
- with Src do
- begin
- x := 0;
- y := 0;
- w := SrcSurface.w;
- h := SrcSurface.h;
- end;
- end
- else
- Src := SrcRect^;
- if DestRect = nil then
- begin
- Dest.x := 0;
- Dest.y := 0;
- end
- else
- Dest := DestRect^;
- Dest.w := Src.w;
- Dest.h := Src.h;
- with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
- begin
- // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
- if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
- begin
- smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
- begin
- smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.x < x then
- begin
- Diff := x - Dest.x;
- Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
- smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
- Dest.x := x;
- smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
- if Dest.y < y then
- begin
- Diff := y - Dest.y;
- Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
- smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
- Dest.y := y;
- smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
- if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
- exit;
- end;
- end;
- with SrcSurface^ do
- begin
- SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
- end;
- with DestSurface^ do
- begin
- DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
- Format.BytesPerPixel;
- DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
- Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
- end;
- SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
- WorkY := Src.h;
- case bits of
- 8 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
- if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then
- R := Pixel2 and $E0
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $E0;
- if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then
- G := Pixel2 and $1C
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $1C;
- if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then
- B := Pixel2 and $03
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $03;
-
- if R > $E0 then
- R := $E0;
- if G > $1C then
- G := $1C;
- if B > $03 then
- B := $03;
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr );
- inc( DestAddr );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 15 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then
- R := Pixel2 and $7C00
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
- if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then
- G := Pixel2 and $03E0
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
- if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then
- B := Pixel2 and $001F
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $001F;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 16 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then
- R := Pixel2 and $F800
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $F800;
- if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then
- G := Pixel2 and $07E0
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
- if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then
- B := Pixel2 and $001F
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $001F;
-
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
- inc( DestAddr, 2 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 24 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
- R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
- G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then
- B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
- inc( DestAddr, 3 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- 32 :
- begin
- repeat
- WorkX := Src.w;
- repeat
- Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
- if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
- begin
- Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
- if Pixel2 > 0 then
- begin
-
- if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
- R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
- else
- R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
- if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
- G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
- else
- G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
- if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then
- B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
- else
- B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
-
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
- end
- else
- PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
- end;
- inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
- inc( DestAddr, 4 );
- dec( WorkX );
- until WorkX = 0;
- inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
- inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
- dec( WorkY );
- until WorkY = 0;
- end;
- end;
- SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
- SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
-end;
-
-// Will clip the x1,x2,y1,x2 params to the ClipRect provided
-
-function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean;
-var
- tflag, flag1, flag2 : word;
- txy, xedge, yedge : Integer;
- slope : single;
-
- function ClipCode( x, y : Integer ) : word;
- begin
- Result := 0;
- if x < ClipRect.x then
- Result := 1;
- if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then
- Result := Result or 2;
- if y < ClipRect.y then
- Result := Result or 4;
- if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then
- Result := Result or 8;
- end;
-
-begin
- flag1 := ClipCode( x1, y1 );
- flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 );
- result := true;
-
- while true do
- begin
- if ( flag1 or flag2 ) = 0 then
- Exit; // all in
-
- if ( flag1 and flag2 ) <> 0 then
- begin
- result := false;
- Exit; // all out
- end;
-
- if flag2 = 0 then
- begin
- txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy;
- txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy;
- tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag;
- end;
-
- if ( flag2 and 3 ) <> 0 then
- begin
- if ( flag2 and 1 ) <> 0 then
- xedge := ClipRect.x
- else
- xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x - 1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
-
- slope := ( y2 - y1 ) / ( x2 - x1 );
- y2 := y1 + Round( slope * ( xedge - x1 ) );
- x2 := xedge;
- end
- else
- begin
- if ( flag2 and 4 ) <> 0 then
- yedge := ClipRect.y
- else
- yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y - 1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
-
- slope := ( x2 - x1 ) / ( y2 - y1 );
- x2 := x1 + Round( slope * ( yedge - y1 ) );
- y2 := yedge;
- end;
-
- flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 );
- end;
-end;
-
-end.
-
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index 99eea304..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,566 +0,0 @@
-unit sdlwindow;
-{
- $Id: sdlwindow.pas,v 1.9 2006/10/22 18:55:25 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ SDL Window Wrapper }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2004 - 2100 Dominique Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ SDL Window Wrapper }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms }
-{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ January 31 2003 - DL : Initial creation }
-{ }
-{
- $Log: sdlwindow.pas,v $
- Revision 1.9 2006/10/22 18:55:25 savage
- Slight Change to handle OpenGL context
-
- Revision 1.8 2005/08/03 18:57:32 savage
- Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class
-
- Revision 1.7 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage
- Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
-
- Revision 1.6 2004/09/12 21:52:58 savage
- Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes.
-
- Revision 1.5 2004/05/10 21:11:49 savage
- changes required to help get SoAoS off the ground.
-
- Revision 1.4 2004/05/01 14:59:27 savage
- Updated code
-
- Revision 1.3 2004/04/23 10:45:28 savage
- Changes made by Dean Ellis to work more modularly.
-
- Revision 1.2 2004/03/31 10:06:41 savage
- Changed so that it now compiles, but is untested.
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-interface
-
-{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-uses
- Classes,
- sdl,
- sdlinput,
- sdlticks;
-
-type
- TSDLNotifyEvent = procedure {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLUpdateEvent = procedure( aElapsedTime : single ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLResizeEvent = procedure( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLUserEvent = procedure( aType : UInt8; aCode : integer; aData1 : Pointer; aData2 : Pointer ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
- TSDLActiveEvent = procedure( aGain: UInt8; aState: UInt8 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
-
- TSDLBaseWindow = class( TObject )
- private
- FDisplaySurface : PSDL_Surface;
- FVideoFlags : Uint32;
- FOnDestroy: TSDLNotifyEvent;
- FOnCreate: TSDLNotifyEvent;
- FOnShow: TSDLNotifyEvent;
- FOnResize: TSDLResizeEvent;
- FOnUpdate: TSDLUpdateEvent;
- FOnRender: TSDLNotifyEvent;
- FOnClose: TSDLNotifyEvent;
- FLoaded: Boolean;
- FRendering: Boolean;
- FHeight: integer;
- FBitDepth: integer;
- FWidth: integer;
- FInputManager: TSDLInputManager;
- FCaptionText : PChar;
- FIconName : PChar;
- FOnActive: TSDLActiveEvent;
- FOnQuit: TSDLNotifyEvent;
- FOnExpose: TSDLNotifyEvent;
- FOnUser: TSDLUserEvent;
- FTimer : TSDLTicks;
- protected
- procedure DoActive( aGain: UInt8; aState: UInt8 );
- procedure DoCreate;
- procedure DoClose;
- procedure DoDestroy;
- procedure DoUpdate( aElapsedTime : single );
- procedure DoQuit;
- procedure DoRender;
- procedure DoResize( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 );
- procedure DoShow;
- procedure DoUser( aType : UInt8; aCode : integer; aData1 : Pointer; aData2 : Pointer );
- procedure DoExpose;
- procedure Render; virtual;
- procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); virtual;
- procedure InitialiseObjects; virtual;
- procedure RestoreObjects; virtual;
- procedure DeleteObjects; virtual;
- function Flip : integer; virtual;
- property OnActive : TSDLActiveEvent read FOnActive write FOnActive;
- property OnClose: TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnClose write FOnClose;
- property OnDestroy : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnDestroy write FOnDestroy;
- property OnCreate : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnCreate write FOnCreate;
- property OnUpdate: TSDLUpdateEvent read FOnUpdate write FOnUpdate;
- property OnQuit : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnQuit write FOnQuit;
- property OnResize : TSDLResizeEvent read FOnResize write FOnResize;
- property OnRender: TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnRender write FOnRender;
- property OnShow : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnShow write FOnShow;
- property OnUser : TSDLUserEvent read FOnUser write FOnUser;
- property OnExpose : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnExpose write FOnExpose;
- property DisplaySurface: PSDL_Surface read FDisplaySurface;
- public
- property InputManager : TSDLInputManager read FInputManager;
- property Loaded : Boolean read FLoaded;
- property Width : integer read FWidth;
- property Height : integer read FHeight;
- property BitDepth : integer read FBitDepth;
- property Rendering : Boolean read FRendering write FRendering;
- procedure SetCaption( const aCaptionText : string; const aIconName : string );
- procedure GetCaption( var aCaptionText : string; var aIconName : string );
- procedure SetIcon( aIcon : PSDL_Surface; aMask: UInt8 );
- procedure ActivateVideoMode;
- constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ); virtual;
- destructor Destroy; override;
- procedure InitialiseEnvironment;
- function Show : Boolean; virtual;
- end;
-
- TSDLCustomWindow = class( TSDLBaseWindow )
- public
- property OnCreate;
- property OnDestroy;
- property OnClose;
- property OnShow;
- property OnResize;
- property OnRender;
- property OnUpdate;
- property DisplaySurface;
- end;
-
- TSDL2DWindow = class( TSDLCustomWindow )
- public
- constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 = SDL_DOUBLEBUF or SDL_SWSURFACE); override;
- procedure Render; override;
- procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); override;
- procedure InitialiseObjects; override;
- procedure RestoreObjects; override;
- procedure DeleteObjects; override;
- function Flip : integer; override;
- end;
-
- TSDL3DWindow = class( TSDLCustomWindow )
- public
- constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 = SDL_OPENGL or SDL_DOUBLEBUF); override;
- function Flip : integer; override;
- procedure Render; override;
- procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); override;
- procedure InitialiseObjects; override;
- procedure RestoreObjects; override;
- procedure DeleteObjects; override;
- end;
-
-
-
-implementation
-
-uses
- logger,
- SysUtils;
-
-{ TSDLBaseWindow }
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.ActivateVideoMode;
-begin
- FDisplaySurface := SDL_SetVideoMode( FWidth, FHeight, FBitDepth, FVideoFlags);
- if (FDisplaySurface = nil) then
- begin
- Log.LogError( Format('Could not set video mode: %s', [SDL_GetError]), 'Main');
- exit;
- end;
-
- SetCaption( 'Made with JEDI-SDL', 'JEDI-SDL Icon' );
-end;
-
-constructor TSDLBaseWindow.Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 );
-begin
- inherited Create;
- SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING);
- FInputManager := TSDLInputManager.Create( [ itJoystick, itKeyBoard, itMouse ]);
- FTimer := TSDLTicks.Create;
-
- FWidth := aWidth;
- FHeight := aHeight;
- FBitDepth := aBitDepth;
- FVideoFlags := aVideoFlags;
-
- DoCreate;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DeleteObjects;
-begin
- FLoaded := False;
-end;
-
-destructor TSDLBaseWindow.Destroy;
-begin
- DoDestroy;
- if FLoaded then
- DeleteObjects;
- if FInputManager <> nil then
- FreeAndNil( FInputManager );
- if FTimer <> nil then
- FreeAndNil( FTimer );
- if FDisplaySurface <> nil then
- SDL_FreeSurface( FDisplaySurface );
- inherited Destroy;
- SDL_Quit;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoActive(aGain, aState: UInt8);
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnActive ) then
- begin
- FOnActive( aGain, aState );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoClose;
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnClose ) then
- begin
- FOnClose;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoCreate;
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnCreate ) then
- begin
- FOnCreate;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoDestroy;
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnDestroy ) then
- begin
- FOnDestroy;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoExpose;
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnExpose ) then
- begin
- FOnExpose;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoUpdate( aElapsedTime : single );
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnUpdate ) then
- begin
- FOnUpdate( aElapsedTime );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoQuit;
-begin
- FRendering := false;
- if Assigned( FOnQuit ) then
- begin
- FOnQuit;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoRender;
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnRender ) then
- begin
- FOnRender;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoResize( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 );
-begin
- // resize to the new size
- SDL_FreeSurface(FDisplaySurface);
- FWidth := aWidth;
- FHeight := aHeight;
- FBitDepth := aBitDepth;
- FVideoFlags := aVideoFlags;
- FDisplaySurface := SDL_SetVideoMode(aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags);
- if Assigned( FOnResize ) then
- begin
- FOnResize( aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoShow;
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnShow ) then
- begin
- FOnShow;
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoUser(aType: UInt8; aCode: integer; aData1, aData2: Pointer);
-begin
- if Assigned( FOnUser ) then
- begin
- FOnUser( aType, aCode, aData1, aData2 );
- end;
-end;
-
-function TSDLBaseWindow.Flip : integer;
-begin
- result := 0;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.GetCaption( var aCaptionText : string; var aIconName : string );
-begin
- aCaptionText := string( FCaptionText );
- aIconName := string( FIconName );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.InitialiseEnvironment;
-begin
- InitialiseObjects;
- RestoreObjects;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.InitialiseObjects;
-begin
- FLoaded := True;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single );
-begin
- DoUpdate( aElapsedTime );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.Render;
-begin
- DoRender;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.RestoreObjects;
-begin
- FLoaded := false;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.SetCaption( const aCaptionText : string; const aIconName : string );
-begin
- if FCaptionText <> aCaptionText then
- begin
- FCaptionText := PChar( aCaptionText );
- FIconName := PChar( aIconName );
- SDL_WM_SetCaption( FCaptionText, FIconName );
- end;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDLBaseWindow.SetIcon(aIcon: PSDL_Surface; aMask: UInt8);
-begin
- SDL_WM_SetIcon( aIcon, aMask );
-end;
-
-function TSDLBaseWindow.Show : Boolean;
-var
- eBaseWindowEvent : TSDL_Event;
-begin
- DoShow;
-
- FTimer.Init;
-
- FRendering := true;
- // repeat until we are told not to render
- while FRendering do
- begin
- // wait for an event
- while SDL_PollEvent( @eBaseWindowEvent ) > 0 do
- begin
-
- // check for a quit event
- case eBaseWindowEvent.type_ of
- SDL_ACTIVEEVENT :
- begin
- DoActive( eBaseWindowEvent.active.gain, eBaseWindowEvent.active.state );
- end;
-
- SDL_QUITEV :
- begin
- DoQuit;
- DoClose;
- end;
-
- SDL_USEREVENT :
- begin
- DoUser( eBaseWindowEvent.user.type_, eBaseWindowEvent.user.code, eBaseWindowEvent.user.data1, eBaseWindowEvent.user.data2 );
- end;
-
- SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE :
- begin
- DoExpose;
- end;
-
- SDL_VIDEORESIZE :
- begin
- DoResize( eBaseWindowEvent.resize.w, eBaseWindowEvent.resize.h, FDisplaySurface.format.BitsPerPixel, FVideoflags );
- end;
-
-
- end;
- InputManager.UpdateInputs( eBaseWindowEvent );
- end;
- // Prepare the Next Frame
- Update( FTimer.GetElapsedSeconds );
- // Display the Next Frame
- Render;
- // Flip the surfaces
- Flip;
- end;
-
- Result := FRendering;
-end;
-
-{ TSDL2DWindow }
-
-constructor TSDL2DWindow.Create(aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth: integer; aVideoFlags: Uint32);
-begin
- // make sure double buffer is always included in the video flags
- inherited Create(aWidth,aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags or SDL_DOUBLEBUF);
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL2DWindow.DeleteObjects;
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-function TSDL2DWindow.Flip: integer;
-begin
- // let's show the back buffer
- result := SDL_Flip( FDisplaySurface );
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL2DWindow.InitialiseObjects;
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL2DWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single );
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL2DWindow.Render;
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL2DWindow.RestoreObjects;
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-{ TSDL3DWindow }
-
-constructor TSDL3DWindow.Create(aWidth,
- aHeight, aBitDepth: integer; aVideoFlags: Uint32);
-begin
- // make sure opengl is always included in the video flags
- inherited Create(aWidth,aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags or SDL_OPENGL or SDL_DOUBLEBUF);
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL3DWindow.DeleteObjects;
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-function TSDL3DWindow.Flip : integer;
-begin
- SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;
- result := 0;
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL3DWindow.InitialiseObjects;
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL3DWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single );
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL3DWindow.Render;
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-procedure TSDL3DWindow.RestoreObjects;
-begin
- inherited;
-
-end;
-
-end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas
deleted file mode 100644
index aed326d1..00000000
--- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-unit userpreferences;
-{
- $Id: userpreferences.pas,v 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ Base Class for User Preferences }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so }
-{ They are available from... }
-{ http://www.libsdl.org . }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ September 23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation }
-{
- $Log: userpreferences.pas,v $
- Revision 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage
- Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
-
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-interface
-
-uses
- Classes;
-
-type
- TUserPreferences = class
- private
- FAutoSave: Boolean;
- procedure CheckAutoSave;
- protected
- function GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract;
- function GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract;
- procedure SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean ); virtual;
- function GetDefaultDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; virtual; abstract;
- function GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; virtual; abstract;
- procedure SetDateTime( const Index : Integer; const Value : TDateTime ); virtual;
- function GetDefaultInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; virtual; abstract;
- function GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; virtual; abstract;
- procedure SetInteger( const Index : Integer; const Value : Integer ); virtual;
- function GetDefaultFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; virtual; abstract;
- function GetFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; virtual; abstract;
- procedure SetFloat( const Index : Integer; const Value : single ); virtual;
- function GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract;
- function GetString( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract;
- procedure SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string ); virtual;
- function GetDefaultBinaryStream( const Index : Integer ) : TStream; virtual; abstract;
- function GetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer ) : TStream; virtual; abstract;
- procedure SetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer; const Value : TStream ); virtual;
- public
- procedure Update; virtual; abstract;
- constructor Create; virtual;
- destructor Destroy; override;
- property AutoSave : Boolean read FAutoSave write FAutoSave;
- end;
-
-implementation
-
-{ TUserPreferences }
-procedure TUserPreferences.CheckAutoSave;
-begin
- if FAutoSave then
- Update;
-end;
-
-constructor TUserPreferences.Create;
-begin
- inherited;
- FAutoSave := false;
-end;
-
-destructor TUserPreferences.Destroy;
-begin
-
- inherited;
-end;
-
-procedure TUserPreferences.SetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer; const Value : TStream );
-begin
- CheckAutoSave;
-end;
-
-procedure TUserPreferences.SetBoolean(const Index: Integer; const Value: Boolean);
-begin
- CheckAutoSave;
-end;
-
-procedure TUserPreferences.SetDateTime(const Index: Integer; const Value: TDateTime);
-begin
- CheckAutoSave;
-end;
-
-procedure TUserPreferences.SetFloat(const Index: Integer; const Value: single);
-begin
- CheckAutoSave;
-end;
-
-procedure TUserPreferences.SetInteger(const Index, Value: Integer);
-begin
- CheckAutoSave;
-end;
-
-procedure TUserPreferences.SetString(const Index: Integer; const Value: string);
-begin
- CheckAutoSave;
-end;
-
-end.
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2024-12-24 02:14:25 +0000